SMITHS FOOD & DRUG CENTERS INC
10-K, 1994-03-28
GROCERY STORES
Previous: SILGAN HOLDINGS INC, 8-K, 1994-03-28
Next: ALLERGAN INC, 10-K, 1994-03-28





                             UNITED STATES
                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        Washington, D.C.  20549


                               FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
       For the fiscal year ended  January 1, 1994 (fifty-two weeks)

Commission File Number:  001-10252



                       SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                                 87-0258768
(State of incorporation)            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 1550 South Redwood Road, Salt Lake City, UT                     84104
            (Address of principal executive offices)          (Zip Code)

                                          (801) 974-1400
           (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value         New York Stock Exchange
(Title of each class)                        (Name of each exchange on
                                                 which registered)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    X      No

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price of the Class B
Common Stock on February 28, 1994:  $454,935,147

Number of shares outstanding of each class of common stock as of February
28, 1994:
                  Class A  12,493,665        Class B  17,357,636


                    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 25, 1994
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 26, 1994 are
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. [  ]


                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
  
     
     

PART I                                                            3
     Item 1. Business                                             3
     Item 2. Properties                                           5
     Item 3. Legal Proceedings                                    6
     Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders  6
     
PART II........                                                   6
     Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
             Stockholder Matters                                  6
     Item 6. Selected Financial Data                              7
     Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
             Condition and Results of Operations                  7
     Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data          7
     Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
             Accounting and Financial Disclosure                  7
     
PART III                                                          7
     Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant  7
     Item 11. Executive Compensation                              8
     Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
              Management                                          8
     Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      8
     
PART IV                                                           8
     Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports
              on Form 8-K                                         8


                                  PART I
     
Item 1. Business

Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. (the "Company") is a leading regional
supermarket and drug store chain operating in the Intermountain,
Southwestern, and Southern California regions of the United States, with
129 stores in Arizona, California, Idaho, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Utah
and Wyoming.  The Company was founded in 1948 and reincorporated under
Delaware law in 1989.  The Company's Class B Common Stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "SFD".

The Company develops and operates combination food and drug centers which
offer a full selection of supermarket food items, a wide assortment of
nonfood and drug items and a number of specialty departments including a
"Big-Deals" section which offers many food and household items in larger
"warehouse" pack sizes at warehouse club prices.  Primary food products
sold in the stores include groceries, meat, poultry, produce, dairy
products, delicatessen items, prepared foods, bakery products, frozen
foods, take-out foods, fresh juices, and specialty fish, meat and cheese.
Some or all of the following nonfood items are available in the stores:
full-line pharmacy and related over-the-counter drug items, health and
beauty aids, video rentals, in-store banking services, housewares, toys,
camera/photo department items, one-hour photo processing, cosmetics and
other general merchandise.

The average size of the Company's food and drug centers opened during
fiscal 1993 was 75,700 square feet.  The Company's food and drug centers
currently being opened range in size from approximately 45,000 to 82,000
square feet per store, and future stores are expected to range in size from
54,000 to 66,000 square feet per store, depending on site constraints and
the number and size of competing stores in relation to the population of
the market area being served.  In order to respond to changing consumer
needs, the Company continually refines its store configurations and lay-
outs.  The Company's 129 stores at January 1, 1994 consisted of 115 large
combination food and drug centers averaging 69,200 square feet, 12
superstores averaging 40,500 square feet and two conventional stores
averaging 26,000 square feet.

The combination stores range in size from 45,000 to 84,000 square feet and
offer a complete line of supermarket, nonfood and drug products.  These
stores feature modern, attractive layouts with wide aisles and well-lighted
spaces to facilitate convenient shopping, a variety of specialty
departments, and centralized, highly automated checkout facilities.  The
superstores range in size from 30,000 to 45,000 square feet and have the
appearance of a large supermarket augmented with a significant amount of
nonfood and drug merchandise.  Generally the superstores have fewer and
more limited specialty departments than the combination stores.  The
conventional stores have the appearance of traditional supermarkets.

The Company's strategy is to offer customers a broad product selection at
everyday low prices combined with quality customer service in large,
modern, attractive food and drug centers with ample parking.  Customers are
able to fill a substantial portion of their daily and weekly shopping needs
at one convenient location.  The Company promotes its reputation as a low
price competitor in its market areas through a policy of everyday low
pricing. Management attributes much of the Company's success to combining
broad product selection and everyday low prices with quality customer
service.

The Company's primary focus in existing markets has been on increasing
sales volume by offering customers low prices and quality customer service
combined with specifically designed marketing programs.  The Company also
has focused on increasing sales volume by opening new stores in existing
and adjacent markets.  During 1993, the Company opened eleven combination
stores in the following states:  eight in California, one in New Mexico,
one in Texas and one in Utah.  The Company has an expansion program in
progress which calls for a total of up to 60 stores in Southern California
(San Diego to Fresno) prior to mid-1997.  The Company currently plans to
open 10 to 12 new stores at locations primarily in Southern California in
1994, three of which were opened during the first two months of 1994.

Operations

During 1993 the Company consolidated its Intermountain and Southwest
Regions into one region.  The new Region I consists of 103 stores in
Arizona, Idaho, New Mexico, Nevada, Texas, Utah and Wyoming.  Region II
consists of 26 stores in Southern California.  The regions are divided into
10 geographic districts ranging from 10 to 17 stores each.  The regions and
districts are staffed with operational managers who are given as much
autonomy as possible while retaining the advantages of central control and
economies of scale over accounting, real estate, legal and data processing
functions.  This operational autonomy enables operating management to react
quickly to local market circumstances and gain competitive advantages as
local conditions change.  District and store managers are responsible for
all aspects of store operations.

Competition

The retail food and drug industry is highly competitive.  The Company
competes with other large regional and national food and drug store chains,
local food and drug stores, specialty food stores, convenience stores,
restaurants and fast food chains.  Principal competitive factors include
store location, price, service, convenience, cleanliness, product quality
and variety.  Because the food and drug store business is characterized by
narrow profit margins, the Company's earnings depend primarily on high
sales volume and operating efficiency.

The Company engages in aggressive price competition in each market that it
serves and monitors its market share in those markets through internal
research which is updated on a regular basis.  As the Company continues to
move into new market areas (including the expansion into Southern
California), it anticipates significant competitive pressure on its
operating margins in those markets.

Purchasing, Distribution and Processing

In the fourth quarter of 1993, a new 1,000,000 square foot, fully-
integrated distribution center in Riverside, California, including a dairy
processing plant, was completed and began operations.  With the addition of
this distribution center, the Company operates approximately 4.2 million
square feet of distribution and processing facilities.  Central
distribution facilities in Salt Lake City and Layton, Utah; Tolleson,
Arizona; and Riverside, California supply products to all of the Company's
stores.  The Company also operates a produce warehouse located in
California.  The Company's processing facilities located in Layton, Utah
produce a variety of products under the Company's private labels for
distribution to Company stores.  The Company's dairy plants located in
Layton, Tolleson and Riverside process a variety of milk, milk products and
fruit beverages.  The Company's automated frozen dough plant produces
frozen bakery goods for final baking at in-store bakeries.  The Company's
cultured dairy products plant produces sour cream, yogurt, cottage cheese
and chip dip products.  The Company's ice cream processing plant supplies
all stores with Smith's private label ice cream.

The Company purchases significant levels of selected products, typically
fast moving inventory items, on a forward purchase basis in order to secure
lower prices or to take advantage of special buying opportunities.  Forward
purchasing exposes the Company to risks of decreases in product pricing
during the time held in stock, changes in demand for such product and
increases in the costs of financing inventory.

The Company transports food and merchandise from its distribution centers
through a Company-owned fleet of tractors and trailers which primarily
serve nearby stores and through common carriers for stores located at
greater distances.

Employees

The Company has over 18,000 employees.  Approximately half of the Company's
employees are nonunionized, although the Company anticipates that nearly
all of the Company's new employees in California will be unionized.  The
Company's unionized employees work under 20 collective bargaining
agreements with local labor unions.  Three collective bargaining agreements
are subject to renegotiation or will become subject to renegotiation during
1994.  There can be no assurance that such agreements will be renewed or
that the terms of any such renewal will be similar to the terms of existing
agreements.  Management of the Company believes that it will be able to
renew such agreements on terms acceptable to the Company.  If it is unable
to do so, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations.

Governmental Regulation

The Company is subject to regulation by a variety of governmental
authorities, including federal, state and local agencies which regulate the
distribution and sale of alcoholic beverages, pharmaceuticals, milk and
other agricultural products, as well as various other food and drug items
and also regulate trade practices, building standards, labor, health,
safety and environmental matters.  The Company from time to time receives
inquiries from state and federal regulatory authorities with respect to its
advertising practices, pricing policies and other trade practices.  None of
these inquiries, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted, or is
expected by management to result, in any order, judgment, fine or other
action that has, or would have, a material adverse effect on the business
or financial position of the Company.


Item 2. Properties

At January 1, 1994, the Company operated 129 stores located in eight
states.  Of the 129 stores, the Company owned 95 with the remainder leased
from third parties.  The following is an analysis of the Company's store
properties by state at January 1, 1994:

               State          Owned   Leased Total
               Utah              29      5     34
               California        17      9     26
               Arizona           21      3     24
               Nevada             6     10     16
               New Mexico        11      4     15
               Idaho              4      1      5
               Wyoming            3      2      5
               Texas              4      0      4
                                 --     --    ---
               Total             95     34    129

The Company leases or subleases 34 of its operating stores under leases
expiring between 1994 and 2023.  Nine of the Company-owned stores are
situated on property which is ground-leased, in whole or in part, from
third parties under leases expiring between 2002 and 2040.  In most cases,
such building and ground leases are subject to customary renewal options.

The Company owns 579,000 square feet of grocery warehousing facilities and
326,000 square feet of processing plants in Layton, Utah; a 226,000 square
foot nonfood warehouse in Salt Lake City, Utah; and a 1,089,000 square foot
grocery and nonfood warehouse and 91,000 square feet of processing plants
in Tolleson, Arizona.  The Company leases a 40,000 square foot produce and
forward purchasing warehouse in Albuquerque, New Mexico; a 190,000 square
foot combination grocery and nonfood warehouse and a 408,000 square foot
grocery warehouse in Salt Lake City, Utah; and a 204,000 square foot
produce warehouse in Ontario, California, under leases expiring in 1995,
1997, 1997 and 1999, respectively.  The Company also leases a 114,000
square foot processing plant and a 981,000 square foot grocery warehouse in
Riverside, California under leases expiring in 2018.

In addition, the Company's corporate offices, data processing and records
storage facilities are located in over 100,000 square feet of office and
storage space owned by the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is a party to several actions arising in the ordinary course of
its business.  Management believes that none of these actions, individually
or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial position.


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the
fourth quarter of fiscal 1993.



                                  PART II


Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters

The Company's Class B Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol "SFD".  The following table shows the high and low sales
prices per share for all quarters of fiscal 1992 and 1993:

                                   High       Low
          Fiscal 1992
           First Quarter         $43 1/4   $33 3/8
           Second Quarter         38        27 7/8
           Third Quarter          34 3/4    25 3/4
           Fourth Quarter         37 3/4    32 3/4
          
          Fiscal 1993
           First Quarter         $37 1/4   $31
           Second Quarter         33 1/4    23 5/8
           Third Quarter          26 1/2    20
           Fourth Quarter         22 1/2    19


As of February 28, 1994 there were 289 Class A Common Stockholders and
1,229 Class B Common Stockholders of record.  There are numerous
stockholders who hold their Class B Common Stock in the "street name" of
their various stock brokerage houses.

Cash dividends of $.13 per share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock were paid in each of the four quarters of fiscal 1993, totaling $.52
per common share for fiscal 1993.  Cash dividends of $.11 per share of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock were paid in each of the four
quarters of fiscal 1992, totaling $.44 per common share for fiscal 1992.
The Board of Directors has approved a quarterly cash dividend of $.13 per
common share commencing in the first quarter of fiscal 1994, which, if
continued, would total $.52 per common share for fiscal 1994.


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The information required for this item is included in the Annual Report
to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 on the
schedule entitled "Five Year Summary of Selected Financial and Operating
Data" which information is attached as part of Exhibit 13.1 hereto and
incorporated herein by reference.
  

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations

The information required for this item is included in the Annual Report
to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 in the section
entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" which information is attached as part of
Exhibit 13.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the Annual
Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 are
attached as part of Exhibit 13.1 hereto and incorporated herein by
reference.


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure

None.
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                 PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information concerning directors and certain executive officers of the
Company is included in the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 25, 1994
under the caption "Election of Directors," and "Other Matters -- Compliance
with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act," which information is incorporated
herein by reference.  The following sets forth certain information with
regard to other executive officers of the Company:

Matthew G. Tezak, age 38, became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer in 1993.  He served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer
from 1992 to 1993 and Vice President, Finance and Treasurer from 1987 to
1992.  Mr. Tezak, a certified public accountant, joined the Company in 1979
as Assistant Controller.

Larry R. McNeill, age 52, has served as Senior Vice President, Corporate
Development since 1992.  Mr. McNeill joined the Company in 1979 as Vice
President, Corporate Development.

Richard C. Bylski, age 54, has served as Senior Vice President, Human
Resources since 1992.  He served as Vice President, Human Resources of the
Company since 1979.

Michael C. Frei, age 47, joined the Company in March 1990 as Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.  Prior to that time,
Mr. Frei served as Vice President and General Counsel of Price Development
Company, a commercial real estate developer, since 1981.

Fred F. Urbanek, age 58, has served as Senior Vice President, Facility
Engineering since 1992.  He served as Vice President, Facility Engineering
of the Company since 1985.

The Company's executive officers are appointed to serve, at the discretion
of the Board of Directors, until their successors are appointed.


Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information concerning Executive Compensation is included in the Company's
Proxy Statement dated March 25, 1994 under the caption "Executive
Compensation" which information is incorporated herein by reference (other
than information under the sub captions "Report of the Compensation
Committee on Executive Compensation" and "Performance Graph", which shall
not be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.).


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Information concerning Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management is included in the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 25,
1994 under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management" which information is incorporated herein by reference.


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information concerning Certain Relationships and Related Transactions is
included in the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 25, 1994 under the
caption "Certain Transactions" which information is incorporated herein by
reference.



                           PART IV


Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report:
    
    1.Financial Statements:
    
           The following consolidated financial statements of the Company
       and its subsidiaries and the Report of Ernst & Young, Independent
       Auditors included in the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders
       for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 are incorporated herein
       by reference:
    
            Consolidated Statements of Income--fiscal years ended
            January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
    
            Consolidated Balance Sheets--January 1, 1994 and January 2,
          1993
    
            Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity--
            fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and
          December 28, 1991
    
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--fiscal years ended
          January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991
    
            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    
         Report of Ernst & Young, Independent Auditors
    
    2.Financial Statement Schedules:
    
       The following financial statement schedules of the Company and its
       subsidiaries are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
    
            Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties
          and Underwriters, Promoters, and Employees Other Than
          Related Parties
    
            Schedule V - Property, Plant and Equipment
    
            Schedule VI - Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and
          Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment
    
       All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
       accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
       are not required under the related instructions or are
       inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
    
    3.Exhibits:
    
       The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed
       or incorporated by reference as part of the Form 10-K.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K:

      There were no reports filed on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of
      fiscal 1993.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.
            
 SCHEDULE II - AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES AND
     UNDERWRITERS,PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER THAN RELATED PARTIES
            
            
                                              
                                              
                                                    Deductions
                         Balance at                       Amounts     Balance at End
                         Balance at                       Amounts         of Period
                          Beginning             Amounts   Written                 Not
      Name of Debtor      of Period Additions Collected       Off   Current   Current
<S>                        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>                          
Fiscal year 1993:                                                                    
 Scott Fishburn, note                                                                
  with interest at 10%,                                                              
  due 5/7/95               $100,000                                          $100,000
                                                                                     
 Harry Moskal, notes                                                                 
  with interest at 10%:                                                              
     Due 12/31/97           310,000                                           310,000
   Due 1/10/01              350,000            $350,000                              
  non-interest bearing                                                               
   note, due on demand        6,000               2,000            $  2,000     2,000
                                                                                     
 Tom Potter, notes with                                                              
  interest at 10%:                                                         
   Due 3/11/94                       $ 20,000                        20,000
   Due 3/11/94              105,000              30,915   $14,398    59,687
                                                                                     
 Charlie Yamashita, note                                                             
  with interest at 10%:                                                    
   Due on demand              9,268               9,268                    
   Due 3/11/94                         94,000                        94,000
                                                                                     
 Brent Farnsworth, notes                                                             
  with interest at 10%:                                                              
   Due on demand                      300,000                       300,000          
   Due 3/11/94                          7,050                         7,050          
                           --------  --------  --------   -------  --------  --------           
                           $880,268  $421,050  $392,183   $14,398  $482,737  $412,000

Fiscal year 1992:                                                                    
 Scott Fishburn, note                                                                
  with interest at 10%,                                                              
  due 5/7/95               $100,000                                          $100,000
                                                                                     
 Harry Moskal, notes                                                                 
  with interest at 10%:                                                              
   Due 12/31/97                      $310,000                                 310,000
   Due 1/10/01              350,000                                           350,000
  non-interest bearing                                                               
   note, due on demand                  6,000                       $ 2,000     4,000
 Rick Nelson, note                                                                   
  with interest at 10%,                                
  due on demand              65,000             $65,000
                                                                                     
 Tom Potter, note with                                                               
  interest at 10%,                                                                   
  due 3/11/94                         105,000                        35,000    70,000
                                                                                     
 Charlie Yamashita,                                                                  
  note with interest at                                                              
  10%, due on demand         12,307               3,039               4,000     5,268
                           --------  --------   -------             -------  --------           
                           $527,307  $421,000   $68,039             $41,000  $839,268
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
Fiscal year 1991:
 Scott Fishburn, note                                                                
  with interest at 10%,                                                              
  due 5/7/95               $100,000                                          $100,000
                                                                                     
 Harry Moskal, note                                                                  
  with interest at 10%,                                                              
  due 1/10/01                        $350,000                                 350,000
                                                                                     
 Rick Nelson, notes                                                                  
  with interest at 10%:                                                    
   Due on demand                       75,000  $ 10,000            $ 65,000
   Due 3/31/92                         25,000    25,000
                                                                                     
 Abel Porter, note with                                                              
  interest at 10%,                                     
  due on demand             350,000             350,000
                                                                                     
 Charlie Yamashita,                                                                  
  notes with interest                                                                
   at 10%:                                                                           
   Due on demand             10,386     1,921                         3,039     9,268
   Due 3/1/90                10,000              10,000                              
   Due 4/1/99                89,995              89,995                              
                           --------  --------  --------            --------  --------                      
                           $560,381  $451,921  $484,995            $ 68,039  $459,268
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                        SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.

                    SCHEDULE V - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                          (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


                    Balance at                              Other  Balance at
                     Beginning  Additions                Increase      End of
Classification       of Period   at  Cost Retirements  (Decrease)      Period
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1993:
 Land               $  277,167   $ 43,452    $ 38,150              $  282,469
 Buildings             549,935    153,675     120,835                 582,775
 Leasehold              30,668      8,257          59                  38,866
Improvements
 Fixtures and          436,969    116,917      15,004                 538,882
Equipment
                    $1,294,739   $322,301    $174,048              $1,442,992
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1992:
 Land               $  186,672   $ 91,489     $   994              $  277,167
 Buildings             455,853     96,633       2,551                 549,935
 Leasehold              26,046      5,236         614                  30,668
Improvements
 Fixtures and          356,457     94,631      14,119                 436,969
Equipment
                    $1,025,028   $287,989     $18,278              $1,294,739
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1991:
 Land                 $134,464   $ 53,773     $ 1,565              $  186,672
 Buildings             327,705    131,593       3,445                 455,853
 Leasehold              26,297      1,756       2,007                  26,046
Improvements
 Fixtures and          282,180     94,438      20,161                 356,457
Equipment
                      $770,646   $281,560     $27,178              $1,025,028
                    
<PAGE>                    
                    
                    SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.

          SCHEDULE VI - ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND
              AMORTIZATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                      (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


                                Additions                                    
                    Balance at Charged to                   Other  Balance at
                     Beginning  Costs and                Increase      End of
Classification       of Period   Expenses  Retirements (Decrease)      Period
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1993:
 Buildings            $ 60,199    $17,902      $ 2,438               $ 75,663
 Leasehold               6,742      1,884          293                  8,333
Improvements
 Fixtures and          150,160     62,387       12,180                200,367
Equipment
                      $217,101    $82,173      $14,911               $284,363
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1992:
 Buildings            $ 45,388    $15,675      $   864               $ 60,199
 Leasehold               5,371      1,744          373                  6,742
Improvements
 Fixtures and          112,919     50,362       13,121                150,160
Equipment
                      $163,678    $67,781      $14,358               $217,101
                                                                             
Fiscal Year 1991:
 Land                                                                        
 Buildings            $ 34,482    $11,312      $   406               $ 45,388
 Leasehold               5,560      1,553        1,742                  5,371
Improvements
 Fixtures and           93,292     37,630       18,003                112,919
Equipment
                      $133,334    $50,495      $20,151               $163,678
<PAGE>
                            INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                               (Item 14(a))
  
    Exhibit
     Number               Document
  
           3(i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
           Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 in
           the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
           (Commission File No. 33-28698) which became effective
           on June 21, 1989).

           3(ii)By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 3.2 in the Company's
           Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File
           No. 33-28698) which became effective on June 21,
           1989).

            4.1 Article IV of Restated Certificate of
           Incorporation of the Company (see Exhibit 3(i)).

            4.2 Certain instruments which define the rights of
           holders of long-term debt of the Company and its
           subsidiaries are not being filed because the total
           amount of securities authorized under each such
           instrument does not exceed 10% of the total
           consolidated assets of the Company and its
           subsidiaries.  The Company hereby agrees to furnish a
           copy of each such instrument to the Commission upon
           request.

           4.3  Form of Pass Through Trust Agreement between the
           Company and the Pass Through Trustee Company
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in the
           Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3
           (Commission File No. 33-51097) which became effective
           on January 26, 1994).

           4.4  Form of Pass Through Certificate (included in
           Exhibit 4.3).

            *10.1    Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
           Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year ended December 28, 1991).

            *10.2    1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the
           Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year ended January 2, 1993).

           *10.3First Amendment to the 1993 Employee Stock
           Purchase Plan (Exhibit 10.2) dated as of August 2,
           1993.

           *10.4Employees' Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as
           amended and restated as of July 27, 1982
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
           Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
           (Commission File No. 33-28698) which became effective
           June 21, 1989).

            *10.5    Pension Plan of Employees, as amended and
           restated as of July 27, 1982 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's
           Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File
           No. 33-28698) which became effective on June 21,
           1989)

           10.6 Employee Profit Sharing Plan dated as of January
           3, 1994, First Amendment dated as of August 2, 1994
           and Second Amendment dated as of January 27, 1994.

            *10.7    Forms of Supplemental Compensation
           Agreements dated as of January 2, 1985, and amended
           as of March 14, 1985, between the Company and certain
           executive officers (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement
           on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-28698) which
           became effective on June 21, 1989).

              10.8   Commitment Letter to the Company from Banco
           di Roma, dated as of July 16, 1993.

              10.9   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of
           October 15, 1993, between the Company and Credit
           Suisse.

              10.10  Promissory Note of the Company to Banque
           Nationale de Paris, dated as of May 29, 1991, and
           Commitment Letter to the Company from Banque
           Nationale de Paris, dated as of May 29, 1991
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
           Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year ended December 28, 1991)

              10.11  Promissory Notes of the Company to West One
           Bank Idaho, N.A., dated as of July 22, 1993.

             10.12   Loan Agreement Between the Company and a
           consortium of lenders dated May 1, 1992 (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company's Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January
           2, 1993).

             10.13   Loan Agreement between the Company and a
           consortium of lenders dated December 15, 1992
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the
           Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year ended January 2, 1993).

              *10.14 Form of Additional Retirement Benefit
           Agreement between the Company and certain of its
           executive officers (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's Annual Report on Form
           10-K for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993).

             *10.15    Form of Indemnification Agreement between
           the Company and its directors and officers
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the
           Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
           year ended January 2, 1993).

             10.16   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of
           June 28, 1993, between the Company and Bank of
           America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15
           of the Company's Form 10-Q for the second quarter
           ended July 3, 1993).

             10.17   Loan Agreement between the Company and a
           consortium of lenders dated November 1, 1993.

           13.1 Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the
           fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 (selected pages
           only).

              22.1   Subsidiaries of the Company.

              23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young, Independent
           Auditors.

*    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
<PAGE>
                            SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                              SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



Date:  March 24, 1994         By  /s/ Jeffrey P. Smith
                                 Jeffrey P. Smith
                                 Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                   and Chief Executive Officer



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                                                                      
                                                                      
           Signature                       Capacity                 Date
                                                                     
                                                                     
      /s/ Jeffrey P. Smith        Chairman of the Board of    March 24, 1994
       Jeffrey P. Smith           Directors and Chief
                                  Executive Officer
                                  (Principal Executive
                                  Officer)
                                                                     
                                                                     
      /s/  Richard D. Smith       President and Chief         March 24, 1994
        Richard D. Smith          Operating Officer;
                                  Director
                                                                     
                                                                     
     /s/ Robert D. Bolinder       Executive Vice President,   March 24, 1994
       Robert D. Bolinder         Corporate Planning and
                                  Development; Director
                                                                     
                                                                     
      /s/ Matthew G. Tezak        Senior Vice President and   March 24, 1994
       Matthew G. Tezak           Chief Financial Officer
                                  (Principal Financial and
                                  Accounting Officer)
                                                                     
                                                                     
      /s/ Kenneth A. White        Senior Vice President and   March 24, 1994
       Kenneth A. White           Regional Manager, Region
                                  II; Director
                                                                     
                                                                     
       /s/ Rodney H. Brady       Director                     March 24, 1994
        Rodney H. Brady
                                                                     
                                                                     
     /s/ Allen P. Martindale     Director                     March 24, 1994
       Allen P. Martindale
                                                                     
                                                                     
      /s/ DeLonne Anderson       Director                     March 24, 1994
       DeLonne Anderson
                                                                     
                                                                     
       /s/ Alan R. Hoefer        Director                     March 24, 1994
        Alan R. Hoefer
                                                                     
                                                                     
        /s/ Duane Peters         Director                     March 24, 1994
         Duane Peters
                                                                     
                                                                     
         /s/ Ray V. Rose         Director                     March 24, 1994
          Ray V. Rose
                                                                     
                                                                     
        /s/ Fred L. Smith        Director                     March 24, 1994
         Fred L. Smith
                                                                     
                                                                     
        /s/ Sean D. Smith        Director                     March 24, 1994
         Sean D. Smith
                                                                     
                                                                     
     /s/ Douglas John Tigert     Director                     March 24, 1994
       Douglas John Tigert
                        
                        
<PAGE>                        
                        
                        INDEX TO EXHIBITS

                                                              Page Number in
Exhibit                                                        Sequentially
 Number                       Document                         Numbered Copy
    3(i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the                
         Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
         in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-
         1 (Commission File No. 33-28698) which became
         effective on June 21, 1989).
   3(ii) By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference           
         to Exhibit 3.2 in the Company's Registration
         Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-
         28698) which became effective on June 21, 1989)..
     4.1 Article IV of Restated Certificate of                       
         Incorporation of the Company (see Exhibit 3(i)).
     4.2 Certain instruments which define the rights of              
         holders of long-term debt of the Company and its
         subsidiaries are not being filed because the total
         amount of securities authorized under each such
         instrument does not exceed 10% of the total
         consolidated assets of the Company and its
         subsidiaries.  The Company hereby agrees to
         furnish a copy of each such instrument to the
         Commission upon request.
     4.3 Form of Pass Through Trust Agreement between the            
         Company and the Pass Through Trustee (incorporated
         by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in the Company's
         Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission
         File No. 33-51097) which became effective on
         January 26, 1994).
     4.4 Form of Pass Through Certificate (included in               
         Exhibit 4.3).
   *10.1 Amended and Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan                 
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended December 28, 1991).
   *10.2 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by          
         reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         January 2, 1993).
   *10.3 First Amendment to the 1993 Employee Stock                  
         Purchase Plan (Exhibit 10.2) dated as of August 2,
         1993.
   *10.4 Employees' Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as                
         amended and restated as of July 27, 1982
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
         Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
         (Commission File No. 33-28698) which became
         effective on June 21, 1989).
   *10.5 Pension Plan of Employees, as amended and restated          
         as of July 27, 1982 (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Registration
         Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-
         28698) which became effective on June 21, 1989)
    10.6 Employee Profit Sharing Plan dated as of January            
         3, 1994, First Amendment dated as of August 2,
         1994 and Second Amendment dated as of January 27,
         1994.
   *10.7 Forms of Supplemental Compensation Agreements               
         dated as of January 2, 1985, and amended as of
         March 14, 1985, between the Company and certain
         executive officers (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration
         Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-
         28698) which became effective on June 21, 1989).
    10.8 Commitment Letter to the Company from Banco di              
         Roma, dated as of July 16, 1993.
    10.9 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October             
         15, 1993, between the Company and Credit Suisse.
   10.10 Promissory Note of the Company to Banque Nationale          
         de Paris, dated as of May 29, 1991, and Commitment
         Letter to the Company from Banque Nationale de
         Paris, dated as of May 29, 1991 (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Annual
         Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         December 28, 1991).
   10.11 Promissory Notes of the Company to West One Bank,           
         Idaho, N.A., dated as of July 22, 1993.
   10.12 Loan Agreement between the Company and a                    
         consortium of lenders dated May 1, 1992
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended January 2, 1993).
   10.13 Loan Agreement between the Company and a                    
         consortium of lenders dated December 15, 1992
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended January 2, 1993).
  *10.14 Form of Additional Retirement Benefit Agreement             
         between the Company and certain of its executive
         officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.13 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         for the fiscal year ended January 2, 1993).
  *10.15 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the               
         Company and its directors and officers
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended January 2, 1993).
   10.16 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 28,            
         1993, between the Company and Bank of America
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the
         Company's Form 10-Q for the second quarter ended
         July 3, 1993).
   10.17 Loan Agreement between the Company and a                    
         consortium of lenders dated November 1, 1993.
    13.1 Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the             
         fiscal year ended January 1, 1994 (selected pages
         only).
    22.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.                                
    23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young, Independent Auditors.             

*  Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.



                                                               EXHIBIT 10.3

                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO
               SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.
               1993 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


     WHEREAS, the 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") of Smith's
Food  &  Drug Centers, Inc. (the "Company") was established by the  Company
effective January 3, 1993; and

      WHEREAS,  the  Company desires to amend the Plan as  hereinafter  set
forth;

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  Paragraph 3(a) of the Plan is  hereby  amended  and
restated to read in its entirety as follows:

     3.   Eligibility.

          (a)  Employment.  Any Employee who is not an executive officer or
     a director and who (i) shall be employed by the Company on the date of
     such  Employee's enrollment in the Plan; and (ii) shall  be  at  least
     eighteen  (18)  years of age shall be eligible to participate  in  the
     Plan.   Executive officers of the Company and directors (if  they  are
     otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan) may only so participate
     provided they have been employed by the Company for at least three (3)
     months.

      Such  amendment of Paragraph 3(a) shall serve to eliminate the  three
(3)  month  waiting period for eligibility under the Plan for all employees
other than officers and directors.

      The  Plan  remains  in full force and effect and  remains  unmodified
except to the extent specifically amended herein.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed by
its  duly  authorized officers this __________ day of ____________________,
1993.

                              SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



                              By:  ______________________________
                                   Its __________________________

ATTEST:

_______________________




14248.2
                                                     EXHIBIT 10.6


 SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC. EMPLOYEE PROFIT SHARING PLAN




             Established Effective January 3, 1993



                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                             Page

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS                                         1
     Affiliated Company                                         1
     Agent for Service                                          1
     Authorized Absence                                         1
     Beneficiary                                                2
     Break in Service                                           2
     Code                                                       2
     Committee                                                  2
     Common Stock                                               2
     Company                                                    2
     Compensation                                               2
     Disability                                                 3
     Employee                                                   3
     Employment Commencement Date                               3
     ERISA                                                      3
     Fiduciary                                                  3
     Hour of Service                                            4
     Named Fiduciary                                            4
     Participant                                                4
     Participant Account                                        4
     Plan                                                       4
     Plan Year                                                  4
     Related Plan                                               4
     Trust                                                      4
     Trust Fund                                                 4
     Trustees                                                   4
     Valuation Date                                             4
     Year of Service                                            4

ARTICLE II - SERVICE AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE                       5
     2.1      Years of Service                                  5
     2.2      Hours of Service.                                 5

ARTICLE III - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                     7
     3.1      Initial Participation                             7
     3.2      Termination of Participation                      7
     3.3      Participation Following Re-Employment or Ineligible
     Employment                                                 7

ARTICLE IV - CONTRIBUTIONS                                      8
     4.1      Amount of Contributions                           8
     4.2      Time for Payment                                  8
     4.3      Form of Contributions                             8
     4.4      Return of Contributions for Failure of
     Deductibility or Mistake of Fact                           8
     4.5      For Exclusive Benefit of Employees                9
     4.6      Participant Contributions                         9
     4.7      Rollovers and Transfers from Other Plans          9

ARTICLE V - ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND VESTING                   9
     5.1       Participant Accounts                             9
     5.2       Allocation and Crediting of Company Contributions
     and Forfeitures                                            9
     5.3       Allocation and Crediting of Cash Dividends       9
     5.4       Stock Splits, Warrants and Options              10
     5.5       General Limitation on Allocations to P
       articipants                                             10
     5.6       Vesting                                         12
     5.7       Permissive Vesting                              12

ARTICLE VI - VALUATION                                         12
     6.1       Valuation of Trust Fund                         12
     6.2       Allocation of Earnings and Losses               13
     6.3       Notice of Value of Participant Accounts         13

ARTICLE VII - PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES                      13
     7.1       Fully Vested Benefits                           13
     7.2       Non-Vested Benefits                             13
     7.3       Forfeitures                                     13
     7.4       Manner of Making Distributions                  13
     7.5       Time for Making Distributions                   14
     7.6       Persons Under Legal or Other Disability         14
     7.7       Designation of Beneficiaries                    15
     7.8       Missing Participants or Beneficiaries           15
     7.9       Pre-Termination Distributions on Account of
     Hardship   16
     7.10      Rollover Transfers and Withholding              17

ARTICLE VIII - LIMITATIONS OF RIGHTS                           17
     8.1       Non-Transferability of Benefits                 17
     8.2       Employees' Rights; Limitations                  17

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT; MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR
          TRANSFER OF ASSETS; TERMINATION                      17
     9.1       Amendment                                       17
     9.2       Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets     18
     9.3       Termination                                     18
     9.4       Discontinuance of Contributions                 18
     9.5       Limitations                                     19
     9.6       Notice of Amendment, Termination or Partial
     Termination                                               19

ARTICLE X - TRUST FUND                                         19
     10.1      Trust Agreement                                 19
     10.2      Trust Contributions                             19
     10.3      Trust Fund Investments                          20
     10.4      Participant Accounts                            20
     10.5      Voting Rights                                   20

ARTICLE XI - CLAIM AND REVIEW PROCEDURE                        20
     11.1      Definitions                                     20
     11.2      Claim Filing Procedure                          20
     11.3      Consideration of Claim; Rendering of Decision   21
     11.4      Appellate Review Procedure                      21
     11.5      Limitation on Claims Procedure                  22
     11.6      Other Remedies                                  22
     11.7      Authorized Representatives                      22

ARTICLE XII - ADMINISTRATION                                   22
     12.1      Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries  22
     12.2      Appointment of Committee                        23
     12.3      Committee Meetings                              23
     12.4      Committee Officers                              23
     12.5      Committee Expenses                              23
     12.6      Committee Responsibilities                      24
     12.7      Other Powers                                    24
     12.8      Indemnification of Committee                    24
     12.9      Expenses of Establishing and Administering the
     Plan       25

ARTICLE XIII - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS                            25
     13.1      Special Rules Applicable for Top-Heavy
               Plan Years                                      25
     13.2      Definitions Relating to Top-Heavy Provisions    26

ARTICLE XIV - MISCELLANEOUS                                    28
     14.1      Governing Law                                   28
     14.2      Information Returns                             28
     14.3      Company Action                                  28
     14.4      Company Records                                 28
     14.5      No Guarantee of Interests                       28
     14.6      Interpretations and Adjustments                 28
     14.7      Uniform Rules                                   29
     14.8      Evidence                                        29
     14.9      Waiver of Notice                                29
     14.10     Gender and Number                               29

 SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC. EMPLOYEE PROFIT SHARING PLAN


             Established Effective January 3, 1993



       THIS EMPLOYEE PROFIT SHARING PLAN, is hereby established
effective January 3, 1993, by Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, for the purpose of providing funds for
the eventual retirement of its eligible employees, and to provide
eligible employees greater incentive to strive for the success of
the operation of Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. through
ownership of Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. common stock
acquired with plan contributions.

                           ARTICLE I

                          DEFINITIONS

       The following terms, when used in the Plan, shall have the
meaning set forth below, unless a different meaning is plainly
required by the context:

       "Affiliated Company" means the Company, and any other
employer that is, along with the Company, a member of a
controlled group of corporations or under common control (as
defined in Section 414(b) and (c) of the Code), a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the
Code) which includes the Company or any other entity required to
be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under
Section 414(o) of the Code.

       "Agent for Service" means the Committee or any member
thereof.

       "Authorized Absence" means any of the following periods of
absence from employment from the Company:

            (a)  layoffs, not in excess of 6 months, due to
       temporary closing or downturn of business,

            (b)  leaves of absence authorized by the Company in
       accordance with standard personnel policies applied in a
       uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all Employees
       similarly situated, and

            (c)  military leave while the Employee's rights are
       protected by law; provided the Employee returns to
       employment with the Company immediately (but in the case
       of military leave, within the 90-day period following
       release or discharge from the military or within the
       period prescribed by applicable law, whichever is longer)
       upon the expiration of such periods of absence.

       "Beneficiary" means the person or persons who become
entitled to receive payments in the event of the death of a
Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7.

       "Break in Service" means a Plan Year during which an
Employee or Participant is credited with 500 or fewer Hours of
Service with the Company.  A Break in Service shall not be deemed
to have occurred during any period of Authorized Absence.

       "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.  Reference to a section of the Code shall include that
section and any comparable section or sections of any future
legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.

       "Committee" means the Administrative Committee designated
in accordance with Section 12.2.

       "Common Stock" means the Company's Class B common stock
which is readily tradable on an established securities market or
other common stock issued by the Company which is readily
tradable on an established securities market.

       "Company" means Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc., a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, and, where applicable, its subsidiaries which have
adopted the Plan.

       "Compensation" means wages within the meaning of Section
3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an
Employee by the Company for which the Company is required to
furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d),
6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code.  Compensation is determined
without regard to any rules under Section 3401 which limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of
the employment or the services performed.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Compensation shall include any amount which is
contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction
arrangement and which is not includable in the gross income of
the Employee under Sections 125 (i.e., a cafeteria plan) or
402(a)(8) (i.e., a Section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangement)
of the Code.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall
not include amounts in excess of $200,000 (adjusted at the same
time and in the same manner as permitted under Section 415(d) of
the Code).  In determining the Compensation of a Participant for
purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of
the Code shall apply, except that in applying such rules, the
term "family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant
and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not
attained age 19 before the close of the applicable period.  If,
as a result of the application of such rules the adjusted
$200,000 limitation is exceeded, the limitation shall be prorated
among the affected individuals in proportion to each such
individual's Compensation as determined under this provision
prior to the application of this limitation.

       "Disability" means, as determined by the Committee in its
sole discretion, the inability of a Participant to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected
to result in death or to be of long, continued and indefinite
duration.

       "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Company
but excludes any person who is employed as an independent
contractor.  A person who is considered a leased employee of the
Company within the meaning of Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) of
the Code shall not be considered an Employee for purposes of the
Plan but shall be considered an employee for purposes of the
requirements of Section 414(n)(3) of the Code; provided, however,
a leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the
Company for any purpose if:

                      (a)  such leased employee is covered by a
                 money purchase pension plan providing:

                                (1)  a non-integrated employer
                      contribution rate of at least 10% of
                      compensation, as defined in Section
                      415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
                      amounts contributed pursuant to a salary
                      reduction agreement which are excludable
                      from the employee's gross income under
                      Sections 125, 401(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b)
                      of the Code;

                                (2)  immediate participation; and

                                (3)  full and immediate vesting.

                      (b)  leased employees do not constitute
                 more than 20% of the recipient's non-highly
                 compensated work force.

       "Employment Commencement Date" means the date on which an
Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service or, if
applicable, the date on which an Employee is first credited with
an Hour of Service following a Break in Service.

       "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.

       "Fiduciary" means any person who:  (a) exercises any
discretionary authority or control respecting management of the
Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management
or disposition of the assets of the Plan, (b) renders investment
advice for a fee or any other compensation, direct or indirect,
with respect to any monies or other property of the Trust Fund,
or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any
discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan
and Trust.

       "Hour of Service" mean each hour credited to an Employee
under Section 2.2.

       "Named Fiduciary" means the Committee.

       "Participant" means any Employee who becomes a Participant
as provided in Article III hereof.  Whether or not an Employee is
eligible to be a Participant shall be determined by the
Committee.

       "Participant Account" means the account established and
maintained for each Participant pursuant to Article V.

       "Plan" means the plan set forth in and created by this
document, and all subsequent amendments thereto.

       "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Plan and shall
coincide with the Company's fiscal year.

       "Related Plan" means any defined contribution plan (as
defined in Section 415(k) of the Code) maintained by the Company
or by any other employer that is, along with the Company, a
member of a controlled group of corporations or under common
control (as defined in Section 414(b) and (c) of the Code, as
modified by Section 415(h) thereof) or by any member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the
Code) or by any other entity required to be aggregated with the
Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

       "Trust" means the trust set forth in and created by the
Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. Stock Profit Sharing Trust
effective January 3, 1993.

       "Trust Fund" means all assets held by the Trustees for the
Company under the Trust.

       "Trustees" means the trustee or trustees of the Trust
created pursuant to the Plan and any duly appointed and qualified
successor trustee or trustees.

       "Valuation Date" means each date the Trust Fund is valued
by the Trustees in accordance with Section 6.1.

       "Year of Service" means each year credited to an Employee
under Section 2.1.

                           ARTICLE II

                  SERVICE AND LEAVE OF ABSENCE

       2.1  Years of Service.  Years of Service shall include
each Plan Year during which an Employee has completed at least
1,000 Hours of Service with the Company.

            2.1.1     Years of Service shall not include Plan
       Years beginning prior to the effective date of the Plan.

            2.1.2     If a Participant who incurred a Break in
       Service is reemployed by the Company, his Years of Service
       shall include Years of Service to his credit at the
       beginning of such Break in Service, unless he did not have
       a vested and nonforfeitable right to any portion of his
       Participant Account prior to such Break in Service and the
       number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service equals or
       exceeds five.

       2.2  Hours of Service.  The term "Hour of Service", with
respect to any Employee, shall include:

            2.2.1  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or
       entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the
       Company or an Affiliated Company.  These hours shall be
       credited to the Employee for the computation period or
       periods in which the duties are performed.

            2.2.2  Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or
       entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliated
       Company on account of a period of time during which no
       duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
       employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,
       holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), lay
       off, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence.  No
       more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under
       this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether
       or not such period occurs in a single computation period).
       Hours under this paragraph shall be calculated and
       credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department
       of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this
       reference.

            2.2.3  Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of
       mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by
       the Company or an Affiliated Company.  For vesting
       purposes, these hours shall be credited to the Employee
       for the computation period or periods to which the award
       or agreement pertains rather than the computation period
       in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

            2.2.4  Hours of Service shall be determined on the
       following basis: for hourly paid Employees, from records
       of the Company or Affiliated Company of hours worked and
       hours for which payment is made or due as determined under
       this Section 2.2, and for salaried Employees, on the basis
       of 45 hours per week, with an  Employee receiving credit
       for a full week for each week during which he has one Hour
       of Service.  An Employee shall not receive credit more
       than once for any Hour of Service.

            2.2.5  For purposes only of determining a Break in
       Service:

                      (a)  For any period of Authorized Absence,
            Hours of Service are determined on the basis of a
            45-hour week or pro rata portion thereof.

                      (b)  For any period of absence (i) by
            reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, the birth of
            a child of the Employee, or the placement of a child
            with the Employee in connection with the adoption of
            such child by the Employee or (ii) for purposes of
            caring for such child of the Employee for a period
            beginning immediately following such birth or
            placement, Hours of Service are determined under
            2.2.5(c) and (d).

                      (c)  The hours to be credited as Hours of
            Service for purposes of 2.2.5(b) shall be those Hours
            of Service which otherwise would normally have been
            credited to the Employee under the Plan, except that
            if the Committee is unable to determine the
            foregoing, eight Hours of Service shall be credited
            to the Employee for each working day of such absence.
            Provided, that the total Hours of Service to be
            credited by reason of any one pregnancy or placement
            shall not exceed 501.

                      (d)  The Hours of Service described in
            2.2.5(b) and (c) shall be credited only to the
            computation period in which the period of absence
            begins if the Employee would be prevented from
            incurring a One Year Break in Service in such period
            solely because such period of absence is treated as
            Hours of Service hereunder, or, in any other case, in
            the immediately following computation period.

            2.2.6  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary,
       for purposes only of allocating contributions and
       forfeitures under Section 5.2, the following shall apply:

                      (a)  The hours to be credited as Hours of
            Service pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall only be
            hours for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
            payment, by the Company and such hours shall be
            credited to the Plan Year in which the payment is
            made.  Hours of Service for salaried Employees shall
            be determined on the basis of 45 hours per week.  A
            salaried Employee who is employed for less than a
            full week shall be credited with the pro rata portion
            of such week during which he is employed by the
            Company.

                      (b)  The Hours of Service credited to a
            Participant during a Plan Year shall not exceed
            2,080.

       2.2.7  Provisions of this Section 2.2 shall be construed
so as to resolve any ambiguities in favor of crediting an
Employee with Hours of Service.

                          ARTICLE III

                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

       3.1  Initial Participation.  Each Employee shall become a
Participant in the Plan on his Employment Commencement Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following classes of Employees
shall be excluded from participation in the Plan:  (a)  Employees
who are holding or have exercised an option under any stock
option plan of the Company; (b) Employees who are officers of the
Company; and (c) Employees who are members of the Board of
Directors of the Company.

       3.2  Termination of Participation.  A Participant shall
continue to be such until the first to occur of the following
events:

            3.2.1  Normal or Late Retirement.  The Participant
       retires from the employ of the Company on or after the
       date on which he attains age 65.  Until actual retirement,
       a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan.

            3.2.2  Disability Retirement.  The Participant
       retires or is retired from the employ of the Company
       because of Disability, irrespective of his age.

            3.2.3  Death.  The Participant dies.

            3.2.4  Resignation or Dismissal.  The Participant
       resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Company
       before retirement in accordance with 3.2.l or 3.2.2 above.

            3.2.5  Ineligible Class of Employees.  The
       Participant becomes a member of an ineligible class of
       Employees.

       3.3  Participation Following Re-Employment or Ineligible
Employment.

            3.3.1  Former Employees.  A former Participant shall
       become a Participant immediately upon his return to the
       employ of the Company.

            3.3.2  Eligible Classes of Employees.  In the event a
       Participant becomes ineligible to participate because the
       Employee is no longer a member of the eligible class of
       Employees, such Employee shall participate immediately
       upon his return to an eligible class of Employees.  In the
       event an Employee who has never been a Participant because
       the Employee was not a member of the eligible class of
       Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such
       Employee shall participate immediately if such Employee
       has satisfied the requirements of Section 3.1, and would
       have previously become a Participant had the Employee been
       in the eligible class.

                           ARTICLE IV

                         CONTRIBUTIONS

       4.1  Amount of Contributions.  With respect to each Plan
Year and subject to Section 4.4, the Company shall contribute to
the Plan such amounts as may be determined by the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors or by the executive
officer(s) of the Company to whom the Board of Directors has
delegated such responsibility.

       4.2  Time for Payment.  The Company may make payment of
its contribution for a Plan Year in one sum or several
installments on any date or dates which the Company may select,
but shall complete the transfer of its contribution for each Plan
Year on or before the date prescribed by law (including
extensions thereof) for the filing of its federal income tax
return for the fiscal year corresponding to the applicable Plan
Year.

       4.3  Form of Contributions.  The Company contributions
with respect to each Plan Year shall be transferred to the
Trustees in the form of cash or Common Stock, as determined by
the Company's Board of Directors.

       4.4  Return of Contributions for Failure of Deductibility
or Mistake of Fact.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, upon the Company's request, a contribution which was
conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under
Section 404 of the Code shall be returned (to the extent the
deduction is disallowed) to the Company within one year after the
date on which the deduction is disallowed.  Each contribution
made by the Company pursuant to this Article IV is hereby
expressly conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution
under Section 404 of the Code.  If a contribution or any portion
thereof is made by the Company as a result of a mistake of fact,
the Trustees shall, upon written request by the Company, return
the contribution or such portion to the Company within one year
after the date of payment to the Trustees.  If a contribution
under the Plan is conditioned on initial qualification of the
Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, and the Plan receives an
adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification,
the Trustees shall, upon written request of the Company, return
to the Company the amount of such contribution (increased by
earnings attributable thereto and reduced by losses attributable
thereto) within one calendar year after the date that
qualification of the Plan is denied, provided that the
application for the determination is made by the time prescribed
by law for filing the Company's return for the taxable year in
which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of
the Treasury may prescribe.

       4.5  For Exclusive Benefit of Employees.  Any and all
contributions by the Company to the Plan, with the exceptions
covered by Section 4.4, shall be irrevocable, and neither such
contributions nor any income therefrom shall be used for, nor
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants or their Beneficiaries under the Plan.

       4.6  Participant Contributions.  No Participant shall be
required or permitted to make contributions to the Plan.

       4.7  Rollovers and Transfers from Other Plans.  Rollover
contributions and transfers from other qualified retirement plans
shall not be permitted.

                           ARTICLE V

               ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND VESTING

       5.1  Participant Accounts.  A separate Participant Account
shall be established and maintained by the Committee for each
Participant.

       5.2  Allocation and Crediting of Company Contributions and
Forfeitures.  Subject to the limitations in this Section 5.2 and
Section 5.5, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Company
contribution for the Plan Year ending on that date, together with
forfeitures which arose under the Plan during that year, shall be
allocated among and credited to the Participant Accounts of the
Participants described below in the ratio which the Hours of
Service credited to each Participant for the Plan Year bears to
the total Hours of Service credited to all Participants for such
Plan Year.  The Company contribution for any Plan Year will be
allocated among and credited to the Participant Accounts of the
following Participants:

            5.2.1  Participants who are credited with a Year of
       Service for the Plan Year and are still Employees as of
       the last day of the Plan Year; and

            5.2.2  Participants who died, retired or became
       permanently and totally disabled during the Plan Year.

Any allocation of Common Stock will be carried in whole and
fractional shares.

       5.3  Allocation and Crediting of Cash Dividends.  Any cash
dividends declared on the Common Stock held in Participant
Accounts shall be allocated to the corresponding Participant
Accounts and may be applied by the Trustees to the purchase of
additional Common Stock.

       5.4  Stock Splits, Warrants and Options.  Any Common Stock
received by the Trustees as a result of a stock split or stock
dividend, or a reorganization or other recapitalization of the
Company will be allocated in the same manner as the Common Stock
to which it is attributable is then allocated.  In the event any
rights, warrants or options are issued on Common Stock, the
Trustees will exercise them for the acquisition of additional
Common Stock to the extent that cash is then available from any
source including dividends on Common Stock.  Any Common Stock
acquired in this fashion will be treated as Common Stock bought
by the Trustees for the net price paid.  Any rights, warrants or
options on Common Stock which cannot be exercised for lack of
cash may be sold by the Trustees and the proceeds treated as a
current cash dividend received on Common Stock.  Common Stock
acquired in this fashion will be allocated to each Participant
Account in the same ratio that the Common Stock in each
Participant Account bears to the aggregate total of the Common
Stock in all Participant Accounts.

       5.5  General Limitation on Allocations to Participants.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Annual
Addition (defined in 5.5.4) credited to a Participant Account for
any Plan Year shall not exceed an amount equal to:

            5.5.1  The lesser of:

                      (a)  $30,000 or, if greater, one-fourth of
            the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in
            Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code as in effect for the
            limitation year; or

                      (b)  25 percent of the Participant's
            Compensation for the limitation year (defined in
            5.5.6).

       If the foregoing limitation is exceeded, the Participant's
       Annual Addition shall be reduced as provided in 5.5.5.

            5.5.2  The limitation in 5.5.1 shall not apply to any
       contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of
       Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) after separation from
       service and any other amount which is otherwise treated as
       an Annual Addition under Section 415(l)(1) of the Code.

            5.5.3  If a Participant also participates in a
       defined benefit plan (as defined in Section 415(k) of the
       Code) maintained by the Company, the sum of the defined
       benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan
       fraction (as such terms are defined in Section 415(e) of
       the Code) shall not exceed 1.0 for any limitation year
       (defined in 5.5.6).  If the sum of the fractions exceeds
       1.0, the Participant's Annual Addition shall be reduced as
       provided in 5.5.5.  For purposes of this Section 5.5, a
       plan is deemed to be maintained by the Company if the plan
       is maintained by any employer that is, along with the
       Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations or
       under common control (as defined in Section 414(b) and (c)
       of the Code, as modified by Section 415(b) thereof) or a
       member of an affiliated service group (as defined in
       Section 414(m) of the Code).

            5.5.4  The Annual Addition described in 5.5.1 subject
       to the above limitations consists of the following:

                      (a)  The amount of any Company
            contributions credited to the Participant's Account
            under the Plan and the Participant's account under
            any Related Plan during the Plan Year;

                      (b)  The amount of any forfeitures credited
            to the Participant's Account under the Plan and the
            Participant's account under any Related Plan during
            the Plan Year;

                      (c)  The amount of any contributions made
            by the Participant under any Related Plan during the
            Plan Year; and

                      (d)  The amount allocated to the
            Participant's individual medical account, as defined
            in Section 415(1)(1) of the Code, under any Related
            Plan during the Plan Year; and

                      (e)  The amount attributable to
            post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the
            separate account of a Participant, who is a key
            employee (as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the
            Code), under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in
            Section 419(e) of the Code) maintained by the
            Company.

            5.5.5  Any increases in the value of a Participant's
       Account due to an increase in the fair market value of the
       Trust Fund are not subject to the limitations of 5.5.1.
       In the event that it is determined that, but for this
       5.5.5, the Annual Addition to a Participant's Account
       would be in excess of the limitations contained in this
       Section, such Annual Addition shall be reduced to the
       extent necessary to bring such Annual Addition within the
       limitations contained in this Section in the following
       order:

                      (a)  Any Participant contributions which
            are included in such Annual Addition shall be
            returned to a Participant and shall be treated as a
            withdrawal of Participant contributions; and

                      (b)  If there are no such Participant
            contributions, or if such Participant contributions
            are not sufficient to reduce the Annual Addition to
            the limitations contained herein, such Participant's
            allocable share of Company contributions for the Plan
            Year shall be reduced.

       The portion of any contribution which has been allocated
       to a Participant under the Plan for a Plan Year, but which
       cannot be credited to his Participant Account because of
       the limitations imposed by this Section 5.5 shall, subject
       to the limitations of this Section 5.5, be allocated among
       and credited to the Participants entitled to share in the
       contribution for that year in accordance with Section 5.2.

            5.5.6  For purposes of this Section 5.5, the term
       "limitation year" means the period to be used in
       determining the Plan's compliance with Section 415 of the
       Code and the regulations thereunder.  The Company shall
       take all actions to ensure that the limitation year is the
       same period as the Plan Year.

       5.6  Vesting.  A Participant's interest in his Participant
Account shall become vested and nonforfeitable to the extent of
the following percentages, based upon his Years of Service
completed after the effective date of the Plan, unless otherwise
provided in Articles IX or XIII:

                 Years of Service         Percentage Vested

                 Less than 5                      0
                 5 or more                100

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Participant
retires or is retired pursuant to 3.2.1 or 3.2.2 or dies while an
Employee of the Company, the Participant's interest in his
Participant Account shall thereafter be fully vested and
nonforfeitable.

       5.7  Permissive Vesting.  Notwithstanding the rules of
Section 5.6 above, the Board of Directors of the Company may
determine that the interests of all Participants under the Plan
who are affected by a closure or sale of a unit of the Company to
an entity that is not an Affiliated Company shall become fully
vested and nonforfeitable, notwithstanding the fact that the
closure or sale does not constitute a partial termination under
Section 9.3.

                           ARTICLE VI

                           VALUATION

       6.1  Valuation of Trust Fund.  As soon as practicable, the
Trustees shall determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund
as of the last day of each Plan Year (excluding the Company's
contribution due as of that day and any amounts distributed to
Participants whose participation was terminated during the
period), and as of such other dates as may be determined by the
Trustees, in such manner as the Trustees in their discretion
shall prescribe but in accordance with a method consistently
followed and uniformly applied.

       6.2  Allocation of Earnings and Losses.  Any increases or
decreases in such value since the preceding Valuation Date shall
be allocated by the Committee to Participant Accounts on the
basis of account balances as of the last day of the current Plan
Year, but prior to crediting of any contributions for such Plan
Year.

       6.3  Notice of Value of Participant Accounts.  Within 60
days following receipt of a written request (but not more
frequently than once during any 12-month period), the Committee
shall give a Participant notice in writing of the fair market
value of his Participant Account.  Alternatively, the Committee
may elect to give each Participant notice in writing as soon as
practicable after the end of the Plan Year of the fair market
value of his Participant Account including Company contributions
and forfeitures allocated to his account as of the last day of
the Plan Year.

                          ARTICLE VII

                  PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

       7.1  Fully Vested Benefits.  If a Participant retires or
is retired from the employ of the Company under 3.2.1 or 3.2.2,
dies while in the employ of the Company, or resigns or is
dismissed when his Participant Account is fully vested in him,
the entire balance (after all adjustments then required under the
Plan have been made) in his Participant Account will become
distributable to or for his benefit, or to or for the benefit of
his Beneficiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Sections
7.4 and 7.5.

       7.2  Non-Vested Benefits.  Except as specifically provided
in Section 7.1, if a Participant resigns or is dismissed from the
employ of the Company before retirement under 3.2.1 or 3.2.2 and
before becoming vested under Article V, the Participant will not
be entitled to a benefit under the Plan.  The balance in his
Participant Account will be reduced to the extent not vested in
accordance with Article V.

       7.3  Forfeitures.  The amount, if any, by which a
Participant Account is reduced in accordance with Section 7.2
will be a forfeiture and, to the extent not needed to restore
forfeitures pursuant to this Section 7.3, will be allocated and
credited in accordance with Section 5.2 as of the last day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant was deemed to receive a
distribution of his Participant Account.  For purposes of this
Section 7.3, a zero vested Participant Account balance will be
deemed distributed immediately upon termination of employment by
the Participant.  If a Participant is deemed to receive a
distribution pursuant to this Section 7.3, and the Participant
resumes employment covered under this Plan before the Participant
has incurred five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, his
Participant Account balance on the date of the deemed
distribution shall be restored, without adjustment for earnings
or losses.

       7.4  Manner of Making Distributions.  The entire balance
(after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been
made) in a Participant Account, as of the Valuation Date next
preceding the date of distribution, will be distributed in a
single sum to or for the benefit of the Participant, or in the
event of his death to or for the benefit of his Beneficiary, in
the form of whole shares of Common Stock, or cash in the
following manner.  At least 30 days before the proposed payment
date, the Committee shall notify the Participant of his right to
demand distribution of his Participant Account entirely in whole
shares of Common Stock (with the value of fractional shares paid
in cash).  The Participant or, if applicable, the Beneficiary
does not elect, within 15 days following the date of notification
by the Committee of such right, to receive a distribution of his
Participant Account entirely in whole shares of Common Stock
(with the value of fractional shares paid in cash), the
Participant Account shall be distributed entirely in whole shares
of Common Stock (with the value of fractional shares paid in
cash) or in cash as determined by the Committee.  The amount of
fractional shares, if any, to be paid in cash will be based on
the market value of the Common Stock as of the Valuation Date
coincident with or immediately preceding the date on which the
distribution occurs.

       7.5  Time for Making Distributions.  If a Participant
Account becomes distributable under Section 7.1, distribution of
the balance of such Account will be made as soon as
administratively practicable following the date the Participant
terminates participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2, but
in no event later than the 60th day next following the close of
the Plan Year during which the Participant attains age 65 or
terminates employment with the Company, whichever occurs last.
However, if the balance of the Participant Account exceeds
$3,500, distribution of such Account shall not be made prior to
age 65 or death, whichever occurs first, unless the Participant
consents in writing to such distribution.  Anything else to the
contrary notwithstanding, distribution of the Participant Account
will be made or commenced by April 1 of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
70-1/2 without regard to whether the Participant has terminated
employment.  If a Participant is eligible to share in any
contribution or other amount not distributed pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, such amount shall be distributed as soon as
administratively practicable after the time such amount is
allocated on his behalf.  If part or all of a Participant Account
is assigned to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of
the Code, distribution of the assigned portion of such Account
may be made or commenced in accordance with this Article without
regard to whether the Participant has attained his "earliest
retirement age" within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.
For purposes of the distribution of the assigned portion of the
Participant Account, the alternate payee will be treated as if
the alternate payee were a Participant.

       7.6  Persons Under Legal or Other Disability.  In the
event a Participant or Beneficiary is declared incompetent and a
conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his
person or of his estate is appointed, any benefits to which such
Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such
conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his
person or of his estate.

       7.7  Designation of Beneficiaries.  Each Participant from
time to time, by signing a form furnished by the Committee, may
designate any person or persons to whom his benefits under the
Plan are to be distributed if the Participant dies before
receiving all of such benefits.  If the Participant is married,
the Participant may not designate a Beneficiary other than the
Participant's spouse unless the Participant's spouse consents in
writing to such designation.  The consent is irrevocable, must
designate a Beneficiary which cannot be changed without spousal
consent (unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits
designations by the Participant without spousal consent), must
acknowledge the effect of such designation, and must be witnessed
by a Plan representative or a notary public.  Such consent will
not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the
Committee that the spouse cannot be located or that there is some
other circumstance precluding such consent as set forth in
regulations under Section 417 of the Code.  If the spouse is
legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal guardian,
even if such guardian is the Participant, may give consent.  Any
beneficiary designation or any consent by the Participant's
spouse (or establishment that a spouse cannot be located) will be
void if the Participant marries or remarries.

       A beneficiary designation form will be effective only when
the form is filed in writing with the Committee while the
Participant is alive and will cancel all beneficiary designation
forms previously signed and filed by the Participant.  If a
Participant failed to designate a Beneficiary before his death as
provided above, or if the Beneficiary designated by a deceased
Participant dies before him or before complete distribution of
his benefits, the Beneficiary designated shall be deemed to be
the Participant's spouse, if the Participant was married at the
time of his death.  If the Participant was not married at the
time of his death, the Committee shall make distribution of the
Participant's interest in the Trust Fund to the person or persons
indicated below in the following order of priority:

            7.7.1  The issue of the Participant by right of
       representation.

            7.7.2  The parents of the Participant.

            7.7.3  The siblings of the Participant and their
       issue by right of representation.

            7.7.4  The executor, administrator or personal
       representative of the Participant's estate.

       7.8  Missing Participants or Beneficiaries.  Each
Participant and each designated Beneficiary must file with the
Company from time to time in writing his post office address and
each change of post office address.  Any communication, statement
or notice addressed to a Participant or Beneficiary at his last
post office address filed with the Company will be binding on the
Participant and his Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan.
The Committee shall not be required to search for or locate a
Participant or Beneficiary.  If the Company or Committee notify a
Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution
and also notifies him of the provisions of this Section, and the
Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits under the
Plan or make his whereabouts known to the Company or the
Committee within two calendar years after the notification, the
benefits under the Plan of the Participant or Beneficiary will be
disposed of as follows:

            7.8.1  If the whereabouts of the Participant is
       unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant's
       designated Beneficiary then is known to the Company or the
       Committee, distribution will be made to the designated
       Beneficiary.

            7.8.2  If the whereabouts of the Participant and his
       designated Beneficiary then is unknown to the Company or
       the Committee, but the whereabouts of one or more
       relatives by adoption, blood or marriage of the
       Participant is known to the Company or the Committee, the
       Committee shall distribute the Participant's benefits to
       any one or more of such relatives and in such proportions
       as the Committee determines.

            7.8.3  If the whereabouts of the Participant, his
       designated Beneficiary and relatives is unknown, the
       balance of the Participant Account shall be deemed a
       forfeiture.

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, if a claim for
benefits distributed pursuant to the foregoing provisions is made
by a Participant or designated Beneficiary who has not received
such distribution and who would otherwise be entitled thereto,
the Participant's benefit shall be restored and distributed under
the applicable provisions of the Plan.

       7.9  Pre-Termination Distributions on Account of Hardship.
The Committee may, upon the request of a Participant at any time
prior to his termination of employment, direct the Trustees to
make a lump-sum distribution to the Participant from the vested
portion of his Participant Account, determined as of the
Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately succeeding the date
a request is made hereunder, for the purposes set forth below,
subject to the following rules:

            (a)  Each request for a distribution must be made by
       written application to the Committee supported by such
       evidence as the Committee may require;

            (b)  In no event shall the amount distributed to a
       Participant in accordance with this Section 7.9 exceed the
       amount necessary to satisfy the financial hardship serving
       as the basis for the distribution;

            (c)  The Committee shall direct the Trustee to make a
       distribution to a Participant in accordance with this
       Section 7.9 only to enable the Participant (1) to meet any
       expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, described
       in Section 213(d) of the Code, to the extent not covered
       by insurance, for the Participant or any of his
       dependents; (2) to pay tuition and related educational
       fees for the next 12-months post-secondary education for
       the Participant or any of his dependents; or (3) to
       purchase a principal residence for the Participant; or (4)
       to prevent eviction from the Participant's principal
       residence or foreclosure of the mortgage on the
       Participant's principal residence.

       7.10 Rollover Transfers and Withholding.  If a
distribution under this Article VII constitutes an "eligible
rollover distribution" within the meaning of Section 402(f)(2)(A)
of the Code, and the Participant or Beneficiary entitled to such
distribution elects to have such distribution paid directly to an
"eligible retirement plan" within the meaning of Section
401(a)(31)(D) of the Code, the Committee shall cause the
distribution to be made in the form of a "trustee-to-trustee
transfer" to the "eligible retirement plan" pursuant to Section
401(a)(31) of the Code and regulations thereunder.  Within a
reasonable time (i.e., no earlier than 90 days and no later than
30 days) prior to making an "eligible rollover distribution," the
Committee shall provide the Participant or Beneficiary, whichever
is applicable, with the written explanation described in Section
402(f) of the Code.  To the extent required by the Code and
regulations thereunder, the Committee shall direct the Trustees
to withhold income tax on distributions from the Plan.

                          ARTICLE VIII

                     LIMITATIONS OF RIGHTS

       8.1  Non-Transferability of Benefits.  The interests of
Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan are not subject to
the claims of their creditors and may not in any way be assigned,
alienated or encumbered.  The foregoing shall not apply to
qualified domestic relations orders within the meaning of Section
414(p) of the Code and regulations thereunder.  The Committee
shall adopt written rules and procedures relating to the
administration of and payment pursuant to qualified domestic
relations orders.

       8.2  Employees' Rights; Limitations.  Neither the adoption
of this Plan nor any modification thereof, nor the payment of any
benefits, shall be construed as giving any Participant or other
person any legal or equitable right against the Company, the
Committee or the Trustees, or in or to any property in the Trust
Fund, except as provided herein, nor as enlarging, modifying or
affecting the tenure or terms of employment of any Participant.

                           ARTICLE IX

              AMENDMENT; MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR
                TRANSFER OF ASSETS; TERMINATION

       9.1  Amendment.  While the Company expects and intends to
continue the Plan, it must necessarily reserve and reserves the
right, subject to Section 9.5, to amend the Plan in whole or in
part from time to time either retroactively or prospectively, by
an instrument in writing, duly executed and acknowledged.

       9.2  Merger, Consolidation or Transfer of Assets.  This
Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with, nor shall any
assets or liabilities be transferred to, any other plan, unless
the benefits payable to each Participant if the Plan was
terminated immediately after such action would be equal to or
greater than the benefits to which such Participant would have
been entitled if this Plan had been terminated immediately before
such action.

       9.3  Termination.

            9.3.1  The Plan will terminate on the date the Plan
       is terminated by the Company.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, the Plan will terminate on the last day of the
       Plan Year coincident with or next following the first to
       occur of the following:

                      (a)  The date the Company is judicially
            declared bankrupt or insolvent; or

                      (b)  The dissolution, merger, consolidation
            or reorganization of the Company, or the sale by the
            Company of all or substantially all of its assets,
            except that, subject to the provisions of Section
            9.2, in any such event arrangements may be made
            whereby the Plan will be continued by any successor
            to the Company or any purchaser of all or
            substantially all of the Company's assets, in which
            case the successor or purchaser will be substituted
            for the Company under the Plan.

            9.3.2  On termination of the Plan in accordance with
       9.3.1, or on partial termination of the Plan by operation
       of law, any adjustments required under the  Plan as of the
       last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next
       following such termination or partial termination shall be
       made and each affected Participant's benefits will be
       fully vested and nonforfeitable.  The Committee shall then
       direct the Trustees to make distribution of such benefits
       in accordance with Article VII.  All appropriate
       accounting provisions of the Plan will continue to apply
       until the benefits of all affected Participants have been
       distributed to them.

       9.4  Discontinuance of Contributions.  The Company shall
have the right at any time to discontinue its contributions
hereunder.  For purposes of this Section 9.4, a complete
discontinuance of contributions is contrasted with a suspension
of contributions under the Plan which is merely a temporary
cessation of contributions by the Company.  Upon complete
discontinuance of the Company's contributions, all affected
Participants' rights to benefits shall become vested and
nonforfeitable.  The Committee shall continue to direct the
Trustees to make distributions of benefits from time to time in
accordance with Article VII.  All appropriate accounting
provisions of the Plan will continue to apply until the benefits
of all affected Participants have been distributed to them.

       9.5  Limitations.

            9.5.1  No amendment, modification or termination of
       this Plan shall reduce the vested interest of any
       Participant or cause any part of the Trust Fund to revert
       to the Company (except as may be specifically provided
       elsewhere in the Plan with respect to the return of
       Company contributions) or to be used for or diverted to or
       for the benefit of anyone other than Participants in the
       Plan and their Beneficiaries, including for this purpose
       former Participants and their Beneficiaries.  For purposes
       of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect
       of (a) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit
       or a retirement-type subsidy, or (b) eliminating an
       optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits
       attributable to service before the amendment, shall be
       treated as reducing vested interests.  In the case of a
       retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall
       apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies
       (either before or after the amendment) the pre-amendment
       conditions for the subsidy.

            9.5.2  If any amendment changes the vesting schedule,
       any Participant with three or more Years of Service may,
       by filing a written request with the Committee within 60
       days after receipt of notice of such amendment, elect to
       have his vested interest computed under the vesting
       schedule in effect prior to the amendment.

            9.5.3  The rights, duties or responsibilities of the
       Trustees shall not be changed without their written
       consent.

       9.6  Notice of Amendment, Termination or Partial
Termination.  Affected Participants will be notified by the
Committee of an amendment, termination or partial termination of
the Plan within a reasonable time.

                           ARTICLE X

                           TRUST FUND

       10.1 Trust Agreement.  The Company will enter into a Trust
Agreement with the Trustees providing for the administration of
the Trust Fund in such form and containing such provisions as the
Company deems appropriate, including, but not by way of
limitation, provisions with respect to the powers and authority
of the Trustees, and the authority of the Company to amend or
terminate the Trust Agreement or to change Trustees and to settle
accounts of the Trustees on behalf of all persons having an
interest in the Trust Fund.

       10.2 Trust Contributions.  The Trustees will not be
responsible in any way for the collection of contributions
provided for under this Plan.  The Trustees will accept and hold
under the Trust Agreement such contributions as they may receive
from time to time from the Company.  All contributions under the
Plan will be paid over to the Trustees and will be held and
administered under the Trust Agreement together with the income
therefrom, for use in providing the benefits of the Plan.  The
Company will have no liability for the payment of benefits under
the Plan.

       10.3 Trust Fund Investments.  The Trust Fund will consist
primarily of Common Stock.  The Trustees are directed to invest
and hold up to 100% of the Trust Fund in shares of Common Stock.
The Trustees may purchase or sell Common Stock from or to the
Company (provided, the requirements of Section 408(e) of ERISA
are satisfied) or from or to any other source, and such Common
Stock may be outstanding, newly issued or treasury securities.
The Trustees shall not borrow money from the Company for the
purpose of purchasing Common Stock.

       10.4 Participant Accounts.  The Trustees are not required
to maintain a segregation of assets in the Trust Fund for each
Participant Account.

       10.5 Voting Rights.  The Trustees will, in their fiduciary
capacity, exercise all voting rights with respect to the Common
Stock in the Trust Fund.

                           ARTICLE XI

                   CLAIM AND REVIEW PROCEDURE

       11.1 Definitions.  For the purposes of the Claims
Procedure described in this Article, the following definitions
shall apply:

            11.1.1  "Claim" refers to a request by a Claimant in
       accordance with this Article for a benefit under this
       Plan.

            11.1.2  "Claimant" refers to any Participant of this
       Plan and to any Beneficiary who is either in pay status on
       the date of a Claim is submitted hereunder or who as of
       such date claims to be entitled to receive a benefit under
       this Plan.

       11.2 Claim Filing Procedure.  Each Claimant shall have the
right to submit a Claim with respect to a benefit sought
hereunder.  Such Claim shall be in writing, signed by the
Claimant under oath, and addressed and delivered to the Committee
or its designated representative either personally or by
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  The
Claim shall state with particularity:

            11.2.1  The benefit claimed;

            11.2.2  The provisions of the Plan and the particular
       provisions of law, if any, upon which the Claimant relies
       in support of his Claim; and

            11.2.3  All facts believed to be relevant in
       connection with such Claim.

       11.3 Consideration of Claim; Rendering of Decision.  Upon
receipt of a Claim hereunder, the Committee or its designated
representative shall consider the merits of the Claim and shall
within 90 days from the receipt of the Claim render a decision on
the merits and communicate the same to the Claimant.  In the
event the Committee or its designated representative denies the
Claim in whole or in part, the Claimant shall be so notified in
writing, which shall set forth the following in a manner
reasonably calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

            11.3.1  The reason or reasons for rejection of the
       Claim;

            11.3.2  The provisions of the Plan and the particular
       provisions of law, if any, relied upon in reaching such
       determination;

            11.3.3  A description of any additional information
       needed from the Claimant in order for him to perfect his
       Claim; and

            11.3.4  A statement outlining the Appellate Review
       Procedure as set forth in Section 11.4.

The failure of the Committee or its designated representative to
render a decision on the merits of a Claim shall be deemed to be
a denial of such Claim; notice of such denial shall be deemed to
have been given to the Claimant on the 90th day from receipt by
the Committee or its designated representative of the Claim.

       11.4 Appellate Review Procedure.  Where a Claim has been
or is deemed denied, the Claimant shall have the right within 60
days after the date he receives or is deemed to have been given
notice that his Claim has been rejected, in whole or in part, to
a full and fair review pursuant to the Appellate Review Procedure
set forth herein.  Such procedure shall enable the Claimant to
appeal from an adverse decision by delivering a written request
for an appeal to the Committee either personally or by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Such request shall
set forth the reasons why the Claimant believes the decision
rejecting his Claim is erroneous and shall be signed by the
Claimant under oath.  Within 30 days after such request is
received, the Committee will conduct a full and fair review of
the entire Claim at a hearing, de novo, at which the Committee
may invite the Claimant to present his views with respect to the
merits of the Claim.  In addition, the Claimant may submit issues
and comments in writing to the Committee for consideration and
may review pertinent documents.  A decision with respect to the
merits of the Claim shall be rendered by the Committee not later
than 60 days after the delivery of the written request for an
appeal hereunder, unless special circumstances (such as the need
to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing,
and then not later than 120 days after receipt of the request.
The Claimant shall be notified in writing of the Appellate Review
decision, which shall include specific reasons believed to
support such decision, including specific references to
provisions of this Plan and of law, shall be  written in a manner
reasonably calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall
be delivered to the Claimant.

       11.5 Limitation on Claims Procedure.

            11.5.1  Insofar as the same is consistent with
       regulations promulgated under Section 503 of the ERISA,
       relating to Claims Procedures, any Claim under this Claims
       Procedure must be submitted within 18 months from the
       earlier of (1) the date on which the Claimant learned of
       facts sufficient to enable him to formulate such Claim, or
       (2) the date on which the Claimant should reasonably have
       been expected to learn the facts sufficient to enable him
       to formulate such Claim.  For this purpose, the first date
       on which any document that is filed with any governmental
       organization is either given to or made available (under
       law) to a Participant or beneficiary (in pay status), and
       which discloses facts sufficient to enable a reasonable
       person to formulate a Claim hereunder, shall be
       conclusively deemed to be the date on which the Claimant
       should reasonably have been expected to learn the facts
       sufficient to enable him to formulate such a Claim.
       Claims submitted after such period shall be deemed to have
       been waived by the Claimant and shall thereafter be wholly
       unenforceable.

            11.5.2  No statute of limitations set forth under
       either Section 413 of the ERISA, or any other applicable
       provision of law, shall be deemed to be extended in any
       way by the period of limitations set forth herein with
       respect to this Plan's Claims Procedure.

       11.6 Other Remedies.  No action shall be commenced under
Section 502(a)(1)(B) of the ERISA until the Claimant shall first
have exhausted the Claims Procedure available to him hereunder,
provided that such Claimant would not have been irreparably and
materially harmed by any delay occasioned by this Claims
Procedure.

       11.7 Authorized Representatives.  All references in this
Article to Claimant shall include representatives who are duly
authorized as such, in writing, which authorization shall have
been delivered to the Committee at some stage of the Claims
Procedure.  After such written authorization is delivered to the
Committee, copies of all subsequent communications with the
Claimant and decisions with respect to his Claim shall be
delivered to the authorized representative, as well as to the
Claimant.

                          ARTICLE XII

                         ADMINISTRATION

       12.1 Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries.  The
Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities and obligations as are specifically given them
under the Plan.  In general, the Company shall have the sole
responsibility for making the contributions necessary to provide
benefits under the Plan, and shall have the sole authority to
appoint and remove the Trustees and members of the Committee, and
to amend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part.  The
Committee shall have the sole responsibility for the
administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically
described in the Plan.  The Trustees shall have the sole
responsibility for the administration and management of the Trust
Fund.  Each Fiduciary warrants that any directions given,
information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan authorizing or
providing for such direction, information or action.
Furthermore, each Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction,
information or action of another Fiduciary as being proper under
the Plan, and is not required to inquire into the propriety of
any such direction, information or action.  It is intended under
the Plan that each Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and
obligations under the Plan and shall not be responsible for any
act or failure to act of another Fiduciary.  No Fiduciary
guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss
or depreciation in asset value.

       12.2 Appointment of Committee.  The Plan shall be
administered by a Committee consisting of such persons, who shall
serve for such terms, as the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company shall determine.  Members of the Committee may also act
as Trustees.

       12.3 Committee Meetings.  The Committee shall hold
meetings upon such notices and at such place or places, and at
such time or times as it may determine.  Notices shall not be
required if waived in writing.  A majority of the members of the
Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business.  All resolutions or other actions taken
by the Committee at any meeting shall be by a vote of the
majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to
vote.  Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a
meeting upon written consent signed by at least a majority of the
members of the Committee.  The Committee shall keep minutes of
its actions.  No member of the Committee shall have any right to
vote on any matter relating solely to himself or to his rights or
benefits under the Plan.  In the event of a deadlock or other
situation which prevents agreement of a majority of the Committee
members, the matter shall be decided by a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company.

       12.4 Committee Officers.  The Committee shall appoint one
member as chairman of the Committee, and the chairman may appoint
a secretary who need not be a member of the Committee.  The
Committee shall designate the person or persons who shall be
authorized to sign for the Committee.

       12.5 Committee Expenses.  All reasonable expenses of the
Committee may be paid by the Company, but if not paid by the
Company shall be paid from the Trust Fund.  However, no fee or
compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his
services as such.

       12.6 Committee Responsibilities.  The Committee shall have
the responsibility for the general administration of the Plan.
It shall have the power and duty to do all things necessary or
convenient to effect the intent and purposes of the Plan and not
inconsistent with any of the provisions hereof, whether or not
such powers and duties are specifically set forth herein, and in
amplification of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, the
Committee shall have the power to construe the Plan, to make such
investigations as they may deem necessary, to determine all
questions arising hereunder, including particularly directions to
the Trustees on all matters necessary for it to properly
discharge its powers and duties, but subject in all cases to the
right of the Trustees to obtain and act upon the advice of their
own legal counsel.  In addition, the Committee shall have the
responsibility for the reporting and disclosure requirements
under ERISA permitted to be done by plan administrators (i.e.,
filing Form 5500s, Annual Reports, summary plan descriptions, and
participant reports).  Decisions of the Committee made in good
faith upon any matters within the scope of its authority shall,
unless disapproved by the Board of Directors of the Company, be
final and binding on the Company, the Trustees, Participants,
their Beneficiaries and all others.  The Committee at all times,
in making and carrying out its decisions and directions, shall
act in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and may, from time
to time, prescribe and modify uniform rules of interpretation and
administration.

       12.7 Other Powers.  In addition to the foregoing, the
Committee shall have the following powers:

            12.7.1  To appoint or employ such accountants, legal
       counsel, specialists or other agents, persons or firms as
       they deem necessary or desirable in connection with the
       administration of the Plan and to delegate to such persons
       any powers and duties, both ministerial and discretionary,
       as the Committee deems appropriate.

            12.7.2  To prescribe procedures to be followed by
       Participants and Beneficiaries filing applications for
       benefits.

            12.7.3  To receive from the Company and from
       Participants such information as shall be necessary for
       the proper administration of the Plan.

       12.8 Indemnification of Committee.  Each member of the
Committee shall be indemnified by the Company (i.e., not from the
Trust Fund) against costs, expenses, and liabilities reasonably
incurred by him in connection with any action to which he may be
a party by reason of his service as a member of the Committee
except in relation to matters as to which he shall be adjudged in
such action to be liable for negligence or willful misconduct in
the performance of his duties.  The foregoing right to
indemnification shall be in addition to such other rights as each
member of the Committee may enjoy as a matter of law or by reason
of insurance coverage of any kind, but shall not extend to costs,
expenses, and/or liabilities otherwise covered by insurance or
that would be so covered by any insurance then in force if such
insurance contained a waiver of subrogation.  Rights granted
hereunder shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any rights
to indemnification to which each member of the Committee may be
entitled pursuant to the by-laws of the Company.  Service as a
member of the Committee shall be deemed in partial fulfillment of
the member's function as an Employee, officer and/or director of
the Company, if he serves in such capacity as well.

       12.9 Expenses of Establishing and Administering the Plan.
All expenses paid or incurred in establishing and administering
the Plan may be paid by the Company, but if not paid by the
Company, shall be paid by the Trustees from the Trust Fund.
Provided, that if expenses are paid by the Company, the Company
may withhold as reimbursement such amounts from the contribution
due the Plan for the fiscal year of the Company for which the
expenses are paid or incurred.

                          ARTICLE XIII

                      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

       13.1 Special Rules Applicable for Top-Heavy Plan Years.
The special rules of this Article shall apply to any Top-Heavy
Plan Year and shall supersede any conflicting provisions
elsewhere in the Plan.

            13.1.1  For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, a Participant's
       interest in his Participant Account shall become vested
       and nonforfeitable to the extent of the following
       percentages based upon his Years of Service:

            Years of Service        Vested Percentage

            Less than 3                  0
            3 or more                  100

       This vesting schedule shall not apply to the Participant
       Account of any Participant who is not credited with an
       Hour of Service during the Top-Heavy Plan Year.  If the
       Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan and subsequently ceases
       being a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule set forth
       above shall automatically cease to apply and the vesting
       schedule set forth in Section 5.6 shall automatically
       apply with respect to all amounts allocated to the
       Participant Account for Plan Years after the last Top-
       Heavy Plan Year.  This change in vesting schedules shall
       apply only to the extent that Section 11.5 of the Plan and
       Section 411(a)(10) of the Code are satisfied.

            13.1.2  For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the amount
       allocated to each Non-Key Employee who is employed by the
       Company on the last day of the Plan Year, under this Plan
       and any other defined contribution plan included in the
       Required Aggregation Group, shall not be less than the
       lesser of 3% of his Compensation for that Plan Year, or
       the largest percentage, as a percentage of the first
       $200,000 of the Key Employee's Compensation for that Plan
       Year, allocated to any Key Employee for that Plan Year.
       The foregoing minimum benefit shall be determined without
       regard to (a) contributions under the Federal Insurance
       Contributions Act or similar state or federal laws, (b)
       the number of Hours of Service credited to the Participant
       during the Plan Year, (c) whether the Participant's
       Compensation is less than a stated amount and (d) whether
       the Participant made an otherwise mandatory contribution
       to the Plan.  If the Participant is also covered by a
       defined benefit Top Heavy Plan sponsored by the Company,
       the minimum benefit required by this subsection shall be
       satisfied by providing the required minimum benefit under
       the defined benefit plan offset by the benefits provided
       under this Plan and any other defined contribution plan
       maintained by the Company.

            13.1.3  Only the first $200,000 (as adjusted to take
       into account any cost-of-living increase adjustments
       provided under Section 416(d)(2) of the Code) of a
       Participant's Compensation for that Plan Year shall be
       taken into account for purposes of the Plan.

            13.1.4  The limitation on contributions shall be
       applied by substituting "1.0" for "1.25" in computing the
       defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution
       plan fraction for purposes of 5.5.3.  This rule shall not
       apply, however, if the Plan is not a Super Top-Heavy Plan
       and each Participant who is not a Key Employee either (a)
       receives an allocation of at least 4% of his compensation
       for that year under the Plan or (b) accrues the minimum
       defined benefit accrual (defined in Section 416(c)(1) of
       the Code as modified by Section 416(h)(2)(A)(ii)(I) Code)
       for that year under any defined benefit plan maintained by
       the Company or an Affiliated Company.

       13.2 Definitions Relating to Top-Heavy Provisions.  The
following terms, when used in this Article, shall have the
meaning set forth below, unless a different meaning is plainly
required by the context:

       "Determination Date" means the last day of the preceding
Plan Year or the last day of the first Plan Year.

       "Key Employee" means each Employee or former Employee (and
his Beneficiary) who at any time during the five Plan Years
ending on the Determination Date:

            (a)  Was an officer of the Employer or an Affiliated
       Company (but only if he had Compensation greater than 50%
       of the dollar amount an effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A)
       of the Code for the Plan Year),

            (b)  Was one of the ten Employees owning the largest
       interest of the Company and its Affiliated Companies (but
       only if he had Compensation greater than the dollar amount
       in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the
       Plan Year),

            (c)  Owned at least 5% of the Company's outstanding
       shares of stock or at least 5% of the total combined
       voting power of the Company's shares of stock, or

            (d)  Owned at least 1% of the Company's outstanding
       shares of stock or at least 1% of the total combined
       voting power of the Company's shares of  stock and had
       Compensation of more than $150,000 from the Company and/or
       any Affiliated Company.

       The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in
accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.

       "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee
who is not a Key Employee.

       "Permissive Aggregation Group" means all qualified
employee pension benefit plans (within the meaning of ERISA) in
the Required Aggregation Group and any qualified employee pension
benefit plans sponsored by the Company or an Affiliated Company
which are not part of the Required Aggregation Group, but which
satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the
Code when considered together with the Required Aggregation
Group, and which the Company elects to include in the Permissive
Aggregation Group.

       "Required Aggregation Group" means the Plan and any other
qualified employee pension benefit plan sponsored by the Company
or an Affiliated Company in which a Key Employee participates, or
which enables the Plan to meet the requirements of Sections
401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

       "Super Top-Heavy Plan" means this Plan if it would
constitute a Top-Heavy Plan if "90%" is substituted for "60%"
wherever it appears in the definition of Top-Heavy Plan and
Top-Heavy Group.

       "Top-Heavy Group" means all plans of the Company and any
Affiliated Company in the Required Aggregation Group and any
other qualified employee pension benefit plan of the Company and
any Affiliated Company which the Company elects to aggregate as
part of a Permissive Aggregation Group if, on any Determination
Date, the Valuation Amount of all Key Employees' accrued benefits
under those plans exceeds 60% of the Valuation Amount of all
Participants' accrued benefits.

       "Top-Heavy Plan" means this Plan if, on any Determination
Date, the Valuation Amount of Key Employees' accrued benefits
exceeds 60% of all Participants' accrued benefits.

       "Top-Heavy Plan Year" means any Plan Year during which the
Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan or part of a Top-Heavy Group.

       "Valuation Amount" means, in the case of a defined benefit
plan, the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits and,
in the case of a defined contribution plan, the Participant's
account balance adjusted for contributions due as of the
Determination Date.  Valuation Amount shall be determined as of
the most recent valuation date which is within the 12-month
period ending on the Determination Date.  For purposes of
determining the present value of cumulative accrued benefits and
account balances, distributions made during the five Plan Years
ending on the Determination Date shall be taken into account.
The determination of Valuation Amount will be made in accordance
with Section 416(g) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

                          ARTICLE XIV

                         MISCELLANEOUS

       14.1 Governing Law.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
of the Plan, the Committee shall administer the Plan in
conformity with the applicable laws of the State of Utah and of
the United States (including ERISA) and all rules and regulations
from time to time promulgated under the authority of such laws.

       14.2 Information Returns.  The Company shall furnish the
Committee all data and information which is necessary to enable
the Committee to file returns and reports required by the
Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor.

       14.3 Company Action.  Any action required or permitted to
be taken by the Company may be taken on behalf of the Company by
any officer of the Company.

       14.4 Company Records.  Records of the Company as to an
Employee's or Participant's period of employment, termination of
employment and the reason therefor, leaves of absence,
re-employment and compensation will be conclusive on all persons,
unless determined by the Committee to be incorrect.

       14.5 No Guarantee of Interests.  Neither the Trustees, the
Committee nor the Company in any way guarantees the Trust Fund
from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee any payment to
any person.  The liability of the Trustees, the Committee and the
Company to make any payments hereunder is limited to the
available assets of the Trust Fund.

       14.6 Interpretations and Adjustments.  To the extent
permitted by law, an interpretation of the Plan and a decision on
any matter within the Committee's discretion made in good faith
is binding on all persons.  A misstatement or other mistake of
fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee
shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers
equitable and practicable.

       14.7 Uniform Rules.  In the administration of the Plan,
uniform rules will be applied to all Participants similarly
situated.

       14.8 Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan
may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other  information
which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable
and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

       14.9 Waiver of Notice.  Any notice required under the Plan
may be waived by the person entitled to notice.

       14.10     Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise
clearly indicated by the context, the masculine and the neuter
shall include the feminine and the neuter, the singular shall
include the plural, and vice-versa.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be
executed  by its duly authorized officers this ____ day of
_____________________, 1992.

                              SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.


                              By
                                Its
ATTEST:





                        FIRST AMENDMENT
                               TO
 SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC. EMPLOYEE PROFIT SHARING PLAN

      WHEREAS,  the  Smith's Food & Drug Centers,  Inc.  Employee
Profit  Sharing  Plan  (the  "Plan")  was  established  effective
January 3, 1993;

      WHEREAS,  in  order  to  receive a favorable  determination
letter,  the Internal Revenue Service has required that the  Plan
be amended;

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan;

      NOW,  THEREFORE, Section 7.10 of the Plan is hereby amended
and  restated, effective January 3, 1993, to read in its entirety
as follows:

             7.10    Rollover    Transfers    and    Withholding.
     Notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan to  the  contrary
     that  would  otherwise limit a distributee's election  under
     this Section 7.10, a distributee may elect, at the time  and
     in  the  manner  prescribed by the Committee,  to  have  any
     portion  of an eligible rollover distribution paid  directly
     to  an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee
     in a direct rollover.

                     7.10.1  An eligible rollover distribution is
          any  distribution of all of any portion of the  balance
          to  the  credit  of  the distributee,  except  that  an
          eligible  rollover distribution does not include:   any
          distribution  that is one of a series of  substantially
          equal  periodic  payments  (not  less  frequently  than
          annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
          distributee   or  the  joint  lives  (or   joint   life
          expectancies)  of the distributee and the distributee's
          designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10
          years  or  more;  any distribution to the  extent  such
          distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the
          Code;  and the portion of any distribution that is  not
          includible  in gross income (determined without  regard
          to  the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation  with
          respect to employer securities).

                     7.10.2   An eligible retirement plan  is  an
          individual  retirement  account  described  in  Section
          408(a)  of  the Code, an individual retirement  annuity
          described  in  Section 408(b) of the Code,  an  annuity
          plan  described  in Section 403(a) of  the  Code  or  a
          qualified  trust  described in Section  401(a)  of  the
          Code,  that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
          distribution.   However, in the  case  of  an  eligible
          rollover  distribution  to  the  surviving  spouse,  an
          eligible  retirement  plan is an individual  retirement
          account or individual retirement annuity.

                    7.10.3  A distributee includes an Employee or
          former Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or former
          Employee's  surviving  spouse, and  the  Employee's  or
          former  Employee's spouse or former spouse who  is  the
          alternate  payee  under a qualified domestic  relations
          order,  as  defined in Section 414(p) of the Code,  are
          distributees with regard to the interest of the  spouse
          or former spouse.

                    7.10.4  A direct rollover is a payment by the
          Plan  to the eligible retirement plan specified by  the
          distributee.

                     7.10.5   Within a reasonable time (i.e.,  no
          earlier  than  90  days) prior to  making  an  eligible
          rollover distribution, the Committee shall provide  the
          distributee  with the written explanation described  in
          Section 402(f) of the Code.  To the extent required  by
          the  Code  and  regulations thereunder,  the  Committee
          shall  direct  the Trustee to withhold  income  tax  on
          distributions from the Plan.

      IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument
to  be  executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day  of
August, 1993.

                              SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



                                                              By:
_______________________________
                                                              Its
___________________________

ATTEST:

________________________


                        SECOND AMENDMENT

                               TO

 SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC. EMPLOYEE PROFIT SHARING PLAN


       WHEREAS, the Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. Employee
Profit Sharing Plan (the "Plan") was established effective
January 3, 1993;
       WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to clarify
the hours to be credited as Hours of Service;
       NOW, THEREFORE, subsections 2.2.2 and 2.2.6 of the Plan
are hereby amended and restated, effective January 3, 1993, to
read in their entirety as follows:
            2.2.2  Each hour for which an Employee is
       paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an
       Affiliated Company on account of a period of time
       during which no duties are performed (irrespective
       of whether the employment relationship has
       terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
       incapacity (including disability), lay off, jury
       duty, military duty or leave of absence.  No more
       than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under
       this subsection 2.2.2 for any single continuous
       period (whether or not such period occurs in a
       single computation period).  In addition, no Hours
       of Service shall be credited for payments made or
       due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose
       of complying with applicable  workmen's
       compensation, unemployment compensation or
       disability insurance laws.  Hours under this
       subsection 2.2.2 shall be calculated and credited
       pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department
       of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein
       by this reference.

       . . .

            2.2.6  Notwithstanding anything else to the
       contrary, for purposes only of allocating
       contributions and forfeitures under Section 5.2,
       the following shall apply:

            (a)  The hours to be credited as Hours of Service
       pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall only be hours for which
       an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the
       Company and such hours shall be credited to the Plan Year
       in which the payment is made.  No hours will be credited
       with respect to payments on account of disability, whether
       or not made or due under a plan maintained solely for the
       purpose of complying with applicable disability insurance
       laws.  Hours of Service for salaried Employees shall be
       determined on the basis of 45 hours per week.  A salaried
       Employee who is employed for less than a full week shall
       be credited with the pro rata portion of such week during
       which he is employed by the Company.

            (b)  The Hours of Service credited to a Participant
       during a Plan Year shall not exceed 2,080.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument
to be executed by its duly authorized officers this _____ day of
_____________.
                              SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



                              By
                                Its
ATTEST:

___________________________



                                                     EXHIBIT 10.8


                                        July 16, 1993



SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.
P.O. Box 30550
Salt Lake City, Utah 84130

Attention:     Mr. Richard J. Osborne
               Assistant Treasurer

Gentlemen:

      Following our annual review of your file, we are pleased to
confirm  the  committed line of credit which we  extend  in  your
favor per the following details:

COMMITMENT TOTAL:              USD 15,000,000 - Clean advances up
                         to  180  days  evidenced  by  promissory
                         notes.

INTEREST RATE:                      Our most competitive rates to
                         be    negotiated   at   the   time    of
                         utilization.

COMMITMENT FEE:                A  commitment fee of 1/4 of 1% per
                         annum on the unused portion, computed on
                         a  360  day  basis for the  actual  days
                         elapsed,  is payable calendar  quarterly
                         in arrears.

DURATION OF FACILITY:    Committed  for  a  period  of   eighteen
                         months  plus  one  day  to  include   an
                         "evergreen"  clause  for  the  automatic
                         renewal of same each six months, barring
                         notice of cancellation by yourselves  or
                         ourselves of the evergreen feature.  For
                         example,   and  retaining  the  previous
                         trigger  dates, the commitment currently
                         expires  on  October 31,  1994,  but  on
                         October   31,   1993,  the   expirations
                         extends to April 30, 1995 automatically.
                         Thereafter,  on  April  30,  1994,   the
                         expiry date automatically pushes out  to
                         October 31, 1995, and so on, so that  at
                         no time will there be less than one year
                         and  one  day  of  availability  (unless
                         cancellation  notice  is  given  of  the
                         evergreen feature).

      Additionally we are pleased to advance to you an additional
up to USD 5,000,000 for periods of up to 30 days, as you may from
time  to  time  have  need, and with interest  rates  usually  as
described above.  This $5MM availability is not a commitment  and
may be withdrawn by us at any time.

      Please indicate your acceptance of the terms and conditions
of  this letter by acknowledgement as indicated below, signed  by
an  authorized officer, and returning to us the enclosed executed
duplicate.

     We consider your existing promissory notes to continue to be
valid,   with  their  relevant  grids.   As  to  your   Corporate
Resolution to Borrow, unless you advise us otherwise, we consider
to remain valid that which you provided as of 4 June 1992.

      This  letter  effectively supersedes  our  previous  Credit
Agreement Letter dated June 3, 1992, as acknowledged by you.

      It  is  indeed our pleasure to have served Smith's now  for
some  twelve  years, and we look forward to a continued  mutually
beneficial relationship.

                              Sincerely,

                              BANCA DI ROMA - San Francisco



                              RICHARD G. DIETZ
                              97271

The above terms and conditions
are hereby accepted.

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



By:  ______________________________
     Its __________________________
          Dated ___________________


Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
Page 4


                                                     EXHIBIT 10.9


                                        October 15, 1993




SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.
1550 South Redwood Road
Salt Lake City, Utah 84104

Attn:     Mr. Casey Jones
          Director of Capital Development and Banking

Gentlemen:

      We  are  pleased to confirm to you by this letter agreement
(the  "Agreement") that a new unsecured revolving credit facility
has  been  placed at the disposal of SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS,
INC.  (the  "Company") for general corporate purposes  under  the
following  terms  and  conditions.  This  facility  replaces  the
existing $15,000,000 revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse
dated September 15, 1992.

     1.  THE REVOLVING CREDIT

     1.1  Amount and General Terms:  Subject to the terms hereof,
we will make loans to the Company as you may request from time to
time from the date hereof (the "Effective Date") to June 30, 1996
(the  "Commitment  Termination Date"), up to  but  not  exceeding
$15,000,000.00  in  aggregate  principal  amount  at   any   time
outstanding  (the "Commitment").  The Company may borrow,  repay,
and  reborrow hereunder, from the date of its acceptance of  this
Agreement until the commitment Termination Date, either the  full
amount of the Commitment or any lesser sum which is $1,000,000 or
a  multiple  thereof, by means of the borrowing options  outlined
below,  provided  that all loans will be  repaid  to  us  on  the
Commitment Termination Date.

      1.2  Borrowing Options and Interest Rates:  Interest on the
principal  balance  of the loan, from time to  time  outstanding,
will  be  payable at the Company's option at the following  rates
per annum:

                     (a)   For periods of one, two, three or  six
               months, London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus
               a margin of 50.0 basis points.

                     (b)  For periods of one to twenty-nine days,
               Credit  Suisse Base Rate.  "Base Rate"  means  the
               higher  of  (1) the base commercial  lending  rate
               announced by us from time to time or (2) the  rate
               of interest quoted to us from time to time for the
               purchase  by  us from other banks  or  dealers  of
               United States Federal Funds on an overnight  basis
               in an amount comparable to the principal amount of
               the  relevant  loan  plus 50  basis  points.   Any
               change in such Base Rate shall be effective on the
               date  specified in the public announcement of such
               change.

                     (c)  For periods of one to twenty-nine days,
               bid option at negotiated rates.

     Interest is payable on the last business day of the interest
period  of the relevant borrowing and if such interest period  is
longer than three months, at intervals of three months after  the
first  day  thereof, and at a maturity of the relevant borrowing.
Interest  shall be computed on the actual number of days  elapsed
on a 360-day year basis.

      Overdue  payments  of  principal and  interest  shall  bear
interest,  payable on demand, at a rate equal to  the  Base  Rate
plus 1% per annum until paid in full.

     All borrowing under this Commitment will be evidenced by one
Revolving  Promissory  Note  (attached)  duly  executed  by   the
Company.

     1.3  Borrowing Notices, Payments and Prepayments:

                     (a)  Request for Base Rate borrowing and bid
               option  should  be  made  before  11:00  A.M.  Los
               Angeles time on the date of such request.

                     (b)   Request for LIBOR borrowing should  be
               made  three  business days prior to  the  intended
               drawing   as  it  is  customary  that   the   rate
               applicable  to  the specific borrowing  period  be
               fixed two London business days preceding the  date
               of borrowing.

      All  loans  will be paid free and clear of  all  taxes  now
imposed,  or  those that will affect any change in the  basis  of
taxation  of any amounts payable to the Bank (other than Federal,
State and Local income taxes imposed on the Bank).

      Loans  based  on Base Rate may be prepaid without  penalty.
Prepayment of loans granted on a LIBOR basis will be subject to a
prepayment penalty equal to the amount of any loss incurred by us
in  liquidating and/or re-employing the amounts borrowed by us to
fund the loans, plus related reasonable expenses.

     1.4  Commitment Fees.  From and after the date hereof, until
the  Commitment  Termination Date, the  Company  will  pay  us  a
commitment  fee  equal  to 25.0 basis points  per  annum  on  the
average  daily  undisbursed amount of the  Commitment,  from  the
Effective  Date  up  to and including the Commitment  Termination
Date,  payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on  December  31,
1993.   The  commitment fee shall be calculated on the  basis  of
actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

      All disbursements and payments hereunder are to be made  in
U.S. dollars in immediately available funds.  All payments by  or
on behalf of the Company to us under this Agreement shall be made
prior  or  12:00 P.M. Los Angeles time on the date due to  us  at
offices at 12 East 49th Street, New York, NY  10017 (Attn:   Loan
Department).

     2.  YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

      2.1  Additional Costs.  In the event that by reason of  the
provisions of Federal Reserve Board Regulation D as presently  in
effect or by reason of any amendment or change in said regulation
or  in  any  other applicable banking law or regulations  or  the
interpretation  thereof  or  by reason  of  any  requirements  or
directives  of  any governmental authority whatsoever,  we  incur
reserve costs on, or on account of, any advance or commitment, we
shall inform the Company accordingly and shall from time to  time
charge the Company for such reserve costs.

      2.2  Capital Adequacy.  In addition, the Company agrees  to
pay  us  on  demand such amounts as we reasonably  determine  are
necessary  to compensate us for any increased costs or  reduction
in  rates  of return attributable to this Agreement and resulting
from  the  applications  of  any law,  regulation,  directive  or
request  becoming  effective after the  date  of  this  Agreement
(regardless  if earlier promulgated or announced) and  applicable
to  the  Bank regarding any reserve, assessment, capital adequacy
or  capital maintenance or similar requirement relating  to  this
Agreement.

      2.3   Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other  provision  in
this  Agreement, in the event that it becomes unlawful for us  to
honor  our obligations to make or maintain LIBOR loans hereunder,
the  we  shall  promptly  notify  the  Company  thereof  and  our
obligation  to  make,  maintain or to convert  into  LIBOR  loans
hereunder shall be suspended until such time as we may again make
and  maintain  LIBOR loans.  In such event, we shall  make  every
effort  to  provide an alterative hereunder to such  LIBOR  loans
which is reasonably comparable thereto.

     3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Company hereby represents to us that:

      3.1  Corporate Organization and Authority.  (i) The Company
has  the  power, authority and capacity to execute,  deliver  and
perform  this  Agreement  and  all other  documents  executed  in
connection  herewith and (ii) this Agreement  and  the  documents
executed in connection herewith constitute the valid and  binding
obligations of the Company and are enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms.

      3.2   Financial  Condition.   The  Company  represents  and
warrants that the financial statements of the Company dated March
31,  1991  furnished  to  the Bank fairly present  the  Company's
financial  position  as of the date of such  statements  and  the
results  of  its  operations and the changes  in  such  financial
position  for the period then ended in accordance with  generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  As  of  the
date  of  this Agreement and the date of any borrowing hereunder,
the  Company  represents  that  no material  adverse  change  has
occurred since March 31, 1991, with respect to the ability of the
Company to perform under this facility.

       The  Company  will  furnish  the  Bank  audited  financial
statements  within 120 days after the closing  of  the  Company's
fiscal  year, and unaudited financial statements within  60  days
after  the  closing of each of the first three  fiscal  quarters.
The  Company will also provide any additional information as  the
Bank  may  reasonably request and will allow the Bank  reasonable
access to its books and records.

      Accompanying the annual financial statements,  the  Company
will  provide  an  opinion  of  an independent  certified  public
accountant  of recognized national standing, which opinion  shall
state  that said consolidated financial statements fairly present
the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of
the  Company as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year,  and  a
certificate  of  such  accountants stating that,  in  making  the
examination  necessary  for  their  opinion,  they  obtained   no
knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any Default.

      Promptly after the Company knows or has reason to know that
any  Default has occurred or any event which with notice or lapse
of  time  or both would become an Event of Default, a  notice  of
such  Default  describing  the same  in  reasonable  detail  and,
together  with such notice or as soon thereafter as  possible,  a
description of the action that the Company has taken and proposes
to take with respect thereto; and

      The Company will furnish, at the time it furnishes each set
of  financial  statements, a certificate of  a  senior  financial
officer  of  the  Company (i) to the effect that no  Default  has
occurred  and is continuing (or, if any Default has occurred  and
is  continuing,  describing the same  in  reasonable  detail  and
describing the action that the Company has taken and proposes  to
take  with  respect thereto) and (ii) setting forth in reasonable
detail  the  computations  necessary  to  determine  whether  the
Company is in compliance with the covenants per 4.1.

      3.3   Restriction on Fundamental Changes.  The Company will
not,  and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to, enter  into
any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, wind  up
or  dissolve itself or convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose  of  all  or substantially all its assets  to  any  other
Person,  except in the ordinary course of its business,  provided
that the Company may merge with another Person if (i) the Company
is  the  corporation surviving such merger and  (ii)  immediately
after  giving  effect  to  such merger,  no  Default  shall  have
occurred and be continuing.

     4   COVENANTS

      4.1  Financial Covenants.  The Company covenants and agrees
that  so long as this facility shall remain available, and  until
the   full   and  final  payment  of  all  indebtedness  incurred
hereunder, it will, unless we waive compliance in writing:

          (a)  Maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage ratio of not less
          than  1.5  to  1,  measured at the end of  each  fiscal
          quarter.  "Fixed Charge Coverage" means the sum of  net
          income  plus income taxes plus fixed charges  (interest
          plus net rents) divided by fixed charges.

          (b)  Maintain a Tangible Net Worth of not less than the
          sum of $400 million, plus 30% of net income after taxes
          on  a  quarterly  basis, plus 100% of any  increase  in
          shareholder's  equity other than the  quarterly  income
          increases, measured at the end of each fiscal  quarter,
          commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 1992.

          (c)  Maintain a Leverage Ratio not to exceed 2.0 to  1,
          measured  at  the  of  each fiscal  quarter.   As  used
          herein, "Leverage Ratio" means the ratio of total  debt
          to   tangible  net  worth.   Total  debt  includes  all
          borrowed money and lease obligations (including capital
          leases   and  operating  leases,  the  latter   to   be
          calculated as six times the annual amount owed.)

      4.2   Negative Pledge.  The Company will cause the  payment
obligations  under this Agreement at all times to rank  at  least
equally and rateably in all respects with all its other unsecured
and  unsubordinated indebtedness, and the Company will  not,  nor
will  it permit any of its subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume
or  suffer  to exist any Lien upon any of its inventory,  whether
now  owned  or  hereafter acquired, unless  the  benefit  of  the
relevant security, or of alternative security satisfactory to us,
is  at  the same time and in a manner satisfactory to us extended
equally and rateably to the loans made and/or to be made and  all
other sums payable by the Company under this Agreement.

     5.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      In the event of any of the following defaults, the Bank may
without  presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind,  all
of  which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, declare the
principal of all drawings plus accrued interest to be immediately
due and payable and terminate this line of credit:

      5.1   Failure to pay principal, interest or fees under this
Agreement within 10 days after such becomes due.

       5.2   Failure  to  comply  with  any  other  covenants  or
obligation in this Agreement for 30 days.

      5.3  If any material representation made by the Company  to
us concerning the Company's business or financial condition shall
prove to have been incorrect when made.

      5.4   If  the  Company shall default in the performance  or
observance  of  any  provision or covenant contained  within  any
existing  loan  agreement  other than this  Agreement  which  the
Company  may have in effect with any other lender, other than  to
us,  during  the tenor of this Agreement, and such default  shall
continue unremedied for a period of 20 calendar days.

      5.5   If  the Company shall admit its inability to pay  its
debts as they mature, or shall make an assignment for the benefit
of  any  of  its creditors, or proceedings are instituted  by  or
against  the  Company  under  any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or
insolvency law or other law for the relief of debtors.

      5.6   If  the Company shall suffer final judgment  for  the
payment of money aggregating in excess of US$5,000,000 and  shall
not discharge the same within a period of 30 days unless, pending
further  proceedings,  execution has not  been  commenced  or  if
commenced has been effectively stayed.

      5.7   The Company shall fail to meet any of its obligations
under  the  Employment  Retirement Income Security  Act  of  1974
("ERISA") or notice of a proceeding to terminate any "plan" under
ERISA to appoint a trustee of a "plan" is not dismissed within 60
days of such notice.

      Upon  the  occurrence of any of the above listed events  of
default, we may, without prior notice, set off and apply any  and
all  deposits maintained with us and any other indebtedness owing
by  us  to  the  Company against any and all obligations  of  the
Company hereunder.

     6  EXPENSES

      The  Company  agrees to reimburse us for all  out-of-pocket
expenses  that we may incur relating to any default,  dispute  or
enforcement  of  these terms and conditions or of  the  Revolving
Promissory  Note, including reasonable attorneys' fees,  and  all
costs of collection.

      The party prevailing with respect to any action brought  by
the  other  party  with  respect to the  enforceability  of  this
Agreement  in  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  shall  be
reimbursed  by the non-prevailing party for all reasonable  costs
and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees, with respect to
this Agreement.

     7.  DOCUMENTATION

     Our obligation to extend credit under this line of credit is
conditioned  upon the receipt of all of the following  documents,
dated   as  of  a  recent  date  and  in  a  form  and  substance
satisfactory to us:

          -     A certified copy of a Resolution of the Board  of
          Directors  of  the Company authorizing  the  execution,
          delivery, and performance of all documents relative  to
          the  commitment contemplated herein, and the making  of
          the  credit.  Such Resolution will be certified by  the
          Secretary  or  any  other appropriate  officer  of  the
          Company.

          -     A certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation
          and By-laws of the Company

          -    Specimen Signature Records of the Company

          -    Revolving Promissory Note (enclosed)

     8.  MISCELLANEOUS

      8.1  This Agreement is governed by California law, and  may
not  be  amended except by instrument in writing  signed  by  the
Company and us.

       8.2    We  may  assign,  negotiate,  pledge  or  otherwise
hypothecate  all  or  any  portion of this  Agreement,  or  grant
participation  herein  or  in  any of  our  rights  and  security
hereunder.

      8.3   Nothing  herein shall prohibit us  from  pledging  or
assigning  the  Revolving Promissory Note to any Federal  Reserve
Bank in accordance with applicable law.

      If  the foregoing meets with your approval, please sign and
return  to  us  the  enclosed copy of this  letter  agreement  to
signify  your agreement with the terms and conditions  stipulated
therein.

      It  is our pleasure to make this line available to you, and
we look forward to a long and mutually satisfactory relationship.

                       Very truly yours,

                         CREDIT SUISSE

     David J. Worthington                    Edward Siegel
 Member of Senior Management                   Associate

     Credit Suisse                 Telephone No.: (213) 955-8200
     800 Wilshire Blvd.            Telex No.: 67227
     Los Angeles, CA 90017         Telefax No. (213) 955-8245

Read, Agreed & Accepted:

By:  ______________________

Title:  ___________________

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.


Telephone No.:  __________________________
Telex No.:      __________________________
Telefax No.:    __________________________
                   REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE
                                           October 15, 1993
US$15,000,000.00

      FOR  VALUE RECEIVED, SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS,  INC.,  a
Delaware Corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to  pay  to
Credit Suisse, (the "Bank"), or order, at the office of the  Bank
at 12 East 49th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017 the principal sum of
US$15,000,000 (USDOLLAR FIFTEEN MILLION) or such lesser amount as
shall  equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount of  the  loans
made  by the Bank to the Company under the letter agreement dated
as  of  October  15, 1993 between the Company and the  Bank  (the
"Agreement"), in lawful money of the United States of America and
in  immediately available funds, on the dates and in the  amounts
specified  in the Agreement and to pay interest on the  principal
amount  of  each  such loan, at such office, in  like  money  and
funds,  for the period commencing on the date of such loan  until
such  loan shall be paid in full, at the rates per annum  and  on
the dates provided in the Agreement.

      The  books  and  accounts of the Bank shall  be  conclusive
evidence,  absent manifest error, of the amounts  of  all  loans,
interest,  fees  and other charges advanced, due, outstanding  or
paid pursuant to the Agreement and this Note.

      This  Note is the Revolving Promissory Note referred to  in
the  Agreement under Section 1.2 and evidences loans made by  the
Bank  thereunder.  This Note is entitled to the benefits  of  the
Agreement,   which   Agreement,  among  other  things,   contains
provisions  for  acceleration of the  maturity  hereof  upon  the
happening of certain stated events.  This Note shall remain valid
and  in  force despite the fact that there may be times  when  no
indebtedness is owing hereunder.

      If  payment is not made when due, then the unpaid principal
and  any  accrued interest which are past due shall bear interest
at the Bank's Base Rate (as defined in the Agreement) plus 1% per
annum until paid in full.

      Presentment, demand, protest and diligence and  notices  of
protest, dishonor and non-payment of this Note and all notices of
every  kind  are hereby waived by the Company and each  endorser,
guarantor and surety of this Note.

      This  Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of California.

                    SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



                    By:  ______________________________
                         Its __________________________



EXHIBIT 10.11



July 22, 1993


Mr. Paul Tezak
Vice President
Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
1550 South Redwood Road
Salt Lake City, Utah 84104

Dear Paul:

On  behalf  of  West One Bank, Idaho, I am pleased to extend the  following
financing commitment to Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.

Borrower:                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.

Lender/Bank:             West One Bank, Idaho

Committed Credit
Facility:                       Fifteen   Million   Dollars   ($15,000,000)
                    unsecured committed revolving line of credit.  The line
                    of credit shall be evidenced by two notes, the West One
                    Bank,  Idaho  Reference Rate Promissory  Note  and  the
                    Negotiated  Rate  Promissory Note,  which  notes  shall
                    replace  the  two Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000)
                    notes,   the  West  One  Bank,  Idaho  Reference   Rate
                    Promissory  Note  and  the Negotiated  Rate  Promissory
                    Note,  dated  June  1,  1992.  At  no  time  shall  the
                    aggregate amount outstanding under the Committed Credit
                    Facility exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).

Maturity:           May 31, 1995

Interest Rate:            One of two options to be decided upon by Borrower
                    on the date of each requested advance:

                                        a.   Negotiated rate and term to be
                         agreed upon at the time of each requested advance.
                         No  advance  shall exceed a maximum  term  of  180
                         days.

                                        b.   West One Bank, Idaho Reference
                         Rate as that rate may change from time to time.

Fee:                                .125%  Non-Usage fee calculated on  the
                    unused  daily balance of the Committed Credit  Facility
                    which fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears.

Covenants:                 The  commitment  of  the  Bank  to  provide  the
                    financing  described  herein is  conditioned  upon  the
                    following:

                                         a.   Receipt by Bank of Borrower's
                         audited fiscal year-end financial statement within
                         90 days of each fiscal year-end.

                                         b.   Receipt by Bank of Borrower's
                         quarterly company prepared financial statements or
                         10-Q's within 60 days of each fiscal quarter end.

                                         c.   Receipt by Bank of Borrower's
                         quarterly compliance certificate within 60 days of
                         each fiscal quarter end.

                                          d.     Borrower  shall   maintain
                         stockholders  equity of no less than Four  Hundred
                         Fifty Million Dollars ($450,000,000).

                                         e.    Borrower  shall  maintain  a
                         Debt/Net  Worth ratio of no greater  than  3.00:1.
                         Debt/Net   Worth   ratio   calculated   as   total
                         liabilities divided by stockholders equity.

                                        f.   Borrower shall maintain a cash
                         flow  ratio  of  no less than 1.50:1.   Cash  flow
                         ratio  calculated as (earnings before  interest  &
                         taxes  + rent expense - sublease) divided by (rent
                         expense - sublease + interest expense).

Uncommitted Credit
Facility:                      Five  Million Dollars ($5,000,000) unsecured
                    uncommitted  revolving line of  credit.   The  line  of
                    credit  shall  be evidenced by a note,  the  Promissory
                    Note, which note shall replace the Five Million Dollars
                    ($5,000,000) Promissory Note dated June 1, 1992.  It is
                    understood  and agreed that advances on the Uncommitted
                    Credit  Facility are at the sole option and  discretion
                    of Bank.

Interest Rate:            Negotiated rate and term to be agreed upon at the
                    time  of  each  requested advance.   No  advance  shall
                    exceed  a maximum term of 180 days.  Contractual  rate,
                    (ie.  or  bid rate) cannot exceed West One Bank,  Idaho
                    reference rate.

Fee:                None.

This financing commitment shall expire on August 6, 1993 unless accepted by
Borrower and received by Bank on or before that date.

Sincerely,



George Welch
Vice President
Corporate Banking Utah
(801) 534-6071

This  financing  commitment  and  all  terms  and  conditions  herein   are
understood, agreed to, and accepted this ____ day of ____________, 199__.

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



By:  _____________________
     Its _________________


CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING BORROWINGS




I,  the  undersigned Secretary of Smith's Food & Drug, Inc. (herein  called
the  "Corporation"),  hereby  certify  as  follows:   The  corporation   is
organized  and  existing under and by virtue of the laws of  the  State  of
Delaware  has  its principal office at 1550 South Redwood Road,  Salt  Lake
City, Utah.

I further certify that at a meeting of the Directors of the Corporation (or
by  other duly authorized corporate action in lieu of a meeting), duly  and
regularly  called andheld on April 29, 1993, at which a quorum was  present
and voting, the following resolutions were unanimously adopted:

Be  it  resolved  that  any  one  (1) of the following  named  officers  or
employees of this Corporation, whose actual signatures are shown below:


          NAME           TITLE               ACTUAL SIGNATURE


        Matthew    G.    Tezak           Senior   Vice    President,    CFO
_________________________________


            Richard        Osborne                Assistant       Treasurer
_________________________________


            Casey       Jones               Director       of       Banking
_________________________________


        Paul   Tezak            Vice   President,   Finance   &   Treasurer
_________________________________


acting  for and on behalf of this Corporation and as its act and  deed,  be
and they are hereby authorized and empowered:

     Borrow.  To borrow without limitation from West One Bank,  Idaho,
     N.A.  (herein called the "Bank"), on such terms as may be  agreed
     upon between the officers and employees and the Bank, such sum or
     sums of money as in their judgment should be borrowed.

     Execute Notes.  To execute and deliver to the Bank the promissory
     note  or  notes of the Corporation, on the Bank's forms, at  such
     rates  of  interest  and on such terms as  may  be  agreed  upon,
     evidencing  the sums of money so borrowed or any indebtedness  of
     the  Corporation to the Bank, and also to execute and deliver  to
     the Bank any renewal or renewals of the notes, or any of them, or
     any part thereof.

     Negotiate.  To draw, endorse, and discount with the Bank  drafts,
     trade  acceptances,  promissory  notes,  or  other  evidences  of
     indebtedness  payable to or belonging to the  Corporation  or  in
     which  Corporation  may have an interest, and either  to  receive
     cash  for  the  same  or to cause such other disposition  of  the
     proceeds derived therefrom as they may deem advisable.

     Further  Acts.  To do and perform such other acts and things  and
     to  execute  and deliver such other documents, including  limited
     authorizations  to  other  corporate  officers  or  employees  to
     perform any acts, as may in their discretion be deemed reasonably
     necessary  or  proper in order to carry into effect  any  of  the
     provisions of these Resolutions.

BE  IT  FURTHER RESOLVED, that these Resolutions shall remain in full force
and  effect until written notice of the revocation thereof shall have  been
delivered  to and received by the Bank.  Any such notice shall  not  affect
any agreements in effect or committed at the time notice is given.

I  FURTHER  CERTIFY that the persons named above are principal officers  of
the  Corporation  and  occupy the positions set opposite  their  respective
names;  that the foregoing Resolutions now stand of record on the books  of
the  Corporation; that they are in full force and effect and have not  been
modified or revoked in any manner whatsoever.

IN  TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal  of
the Corporation as of April 29, 1993.





                                           Secretary'             Signature
_____________________________________
                                             Michael C. Frei
(corporate   seal   if  any)                                  Senior   Vice
President &
                                             Corporate Secretary

                     NEGOTIATED RATE PROMISSORY NOTE

$15,000,000.00                                              June 1, 1993



FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.  ("Borrower")  does
hereby promise to pay to the order of West One Bank, Idaho ("Bank") at  its
Corporate  Banking  Office  at 101 South Capitol  Boulevard,  Boise,  Idaho
83702,  in  lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately
available  funds,  the principal amount of Fifteen Million ($15,000,000.00)
Dollars  or  such lesser amount that may be advanced by Bank from  time  to
time to or for the benefit of Borrower from and after the date of this note
through  the final maturity date of May 31, 1995.  Interest shall  commence
to accrue with respect to each borrowing at the Negotiated Rate on the date
of  each borrowing, calculated on a 360-day basis and shall be payable,  in
like  funds,  on the earlier of the maturity date of the borrowing  or  the
final maturity date.

All  borrowings  and  all payments made on account of  principal  shall  be
recorded on the Bank's ledger.  Each such record of any borrowing hereunder
shall  be  conclusive  evidence that such borrowing was  made  by  Bank  to
Borrower.   The principal and interest balance due as stated on the  Bank's
ledger shall be the sole criteria for computation of principal and interest
balances.

Provided  the  resulting unpaid balance does not exceed the maximum  amount
stated  above,  advances  may be made at the oral  or  written  request  of
Matthew  Tezak, or Paul Tezak, or Casey Jones, or Richard Osborne, any  one
acting alone, who is authorized to request borrowings, to agree on rate, to
set  the maturity of each borrowing, and to direct the disposition  of  any
such borrowings until written notice of the revocation of such authority is
received by the Bank.

Failure  to  pay any principal or interest when due, or failure  to  comply
with  any  provision of this note entitles the holder to  declare,  at  its
option,  the  entire  remaining unpaid balance  of  principal  and  accrued
interest  immediately  due  and payable, without presentment,  protest,  or
further  demand  or notice of any kind, all of which are  hereby  expressly
waived.   Any  unpaid  balance,  after maturity,  including  principal  and
interest and late charges, shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
West  One  Bank, Idaho Reference Rate, which rate is changed from  time  to
time  and  is  effective  as of the date of such change,  plus  2  percent.
Borrower  promises  to  pay all costs of collection,  including  reasonable
attorneys' fees, whether or not suit is commenced.

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



By:  _____________________________
     Its _________________________
           WEST ONE BANK, IDAHO REFERENCE RATE PROMISSORY NOTE

                                                               June 1, 1993
$15,000,000.00

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.  ("Borrower")  does
hereby promise to pay to the order of West one Bank, Idaho ("Payee") at its
office at 101 South Capitol Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83702, in lawful  money
of  the  United  States  of America, in immediately  available  funds,  the
principal  amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00)or  the  total
unpaid  principal amount advanced by Bank from time to time to or  for  the
benefit  of or at the request of Borrower from and after the date  of  this
note  through  the  final  maturity date of May  31,  1995,  together  with
interest thereon at the time and rate specified in this note.

Provided  the  resulting unpaid balance does not exceed the maximum  amount
stated  above,  advances  may be made at the oral  or  written  request  of
Matthew  Tezak, or Paul Tezak, or Casey Jones, or Richard Osborne, any  one
acting  alone,  who  is authorized to request advances and  to  direct  the
disposition of any such advances until written notice of the revocation  of
such authority is received by the Payee.

All  advances  and  all  payments made on account  of  principal  shall  be
recorded  on the Bank's ledger.  Each such record of any advance  hereunder
shall be conclusive evidence that the advance was made by Bank to Borrower.
The  principal  and interest balance due as reflected on the Bank's  ledger
shall  be  the  sole  criteria for computation of  principal  and  interest
balances.

Each  advance  under the note shall bear interest from  the  date  of  such
advance  until  payment in full at a rate equal to  the  rate  of  interest
publicly  announced from time to time by West one Bank, Idaho, as its  West
One bank, Idaho Reference Rate.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of
a  365 or 366 day year and actual days elapsed.  Any change in the interest
rate  of this note shall take effect at the opening of business of the  day
specified  in  the public announcement of a change in said West  One  Bank,
Idaho  Reference Rate.  Accrued interest shall be payable  monthly  on  the
last  day  of each month commencing June 30, 1993, and on the last  day  of
each successive month thereafter, and upon payment in full of principal  of
this note on the final maturity date.

Failure  to  pay any principal or interest when due, or failure  to  comply
with  any  provision of any document executed by the undersigned,  entitles
the  holder to declare, at its option, the entire remaining unpaid  balance
of  principal  and  accrued interest immediately due and  payable,  without
presentment, protest, or further demand or notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived.  Any unpaid balance, after maturity, including
principal and interest and late charges, shall bear interest at a rate  per
annum  equal to said West One Bank, Idaho Reference Rate, plus  2  percent.
Borrower  promises  to  pay all costs of collection,  including  reasonable
attorney's fees, whether or not suit is commenced.

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



By:  _________________________
     Its _____________________
                             PROMISSORY NOTE
                                                               June 1, 1993
$5,000,000.00


FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED, Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.  ("Borrower")  does
hereby promise to pay to the order of West One Bank, Idaho ("Bank") at  its
Corporate  Banking  Office  at 101 South Capitol  Boulevard,  Boise,  Idaho
83702,  in  lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately
available  funds,  the  principal amount of  Five  Million  ($5,000,000.00)
Dollars  or  such lesser amount that may be advanced by Bank from  time  to
time to or for the benefit of Borrower from and after the date of this note
through  the  maturity  date established by Bank  and  Borrower  each  time
Borrower  requests and Bank agrees to make a loan.  Interest shall commence
to  accrue with respect to each borrowing at a rate negotiated by Bank  and
Borrower  at the time of each borrowing, calculated on a 360-day basis  and
shall  be payable, in like funds, on the maturity date established by  Bank
and Borrower at the time of each borrowing.

All  borrowings  and  all payments made on account of  principal  shall  be
recorded on the Bank's ledger.  Each such record of any borrowing hereunder
shall  be  conclusive  evidence that such borrowing was  made  by  Bank  to
Borrower.   The principal and interest balance due as stated on the  Bank's
ledger shall be the sole criteria for computation of principal and interest
balances.

Provided  the  resulting unpaid balance does not exceed the maximum  amount
stated  above,  advances  may be made at the oral  or  written  request  of
Matthew  Tezak, or Paul Tezak, or Richard Osborne, or Casey Jones, any  one
acting alone, who is authorized to request borrowings, to agree on rate, to
set  the maturity of each borrowing, and to direct the disposition  of  any
such borrowings until written notice of the revocation of such authority is
received by the Bank.

Failure  to  pay any principal or interest when due, or failure  to  comply
with  any  provision of this note entitles the holder to  declare,  at  its
option,  the  entire  remaining unpaid balance  of  principal  and  accrued
interest  immediately  due  and payable, without presentment,  protest,  or
further  demand  or notice of any kind, all of which are  hereby  expressly
waived.   Any  unpaid  balance,  after maturity,  including  principal  and
interest and late charges,shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal  to
West  One Bank, Idaho, Reference Rate, which rate is changed from  time  to
time  and  is  effective  as of the date of such change,  plus  2  percent.
Borrower  promises  to  pay all costs of collection,  including  reasonable
attorney's fees, whether or not suit is commenced.

It  is understood and agreed that this note does not in any manner obligate
the  Bank to lend to Borrower and that all borrowings are made at the  sole
discretion of Bank.

SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS, INC.



By:  _______________________
     Its ___________________





                                                                EXHIBIT 10.17
Execution Copy






                                     
                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.




                                     
                              Note Agreement


                       Dated as of November 1, 1993
                                     
                                     
                                     
     
     
     Re:     $81,000,000 6.44% Senior Notes, Series 1993-E,
                           Due December 1, 2005,
              $21,000,000 6.54% Senior Notes, Series 1993-F,
                           Due December 1, 2007,
              $35,000,000 6.69% Senior Notes, Series 1993-G,
                           Due December 1, 2010
                                    and
              $13,000,000 6.94% Senior Notes, Series 1993-H,
                           Due December 1, 2015






                             Table of Contents

                       (Not a part of the Agreement)

Section                         Heading                                Page

Section 1.     Description of Notes and Commitment                    1
               
   Section 1.1. Description of Notes                                  1
   Section 1.2. Commitment, Closing Date                              2
   Section 1.3. Other Agreements                                      3

Section 2.     Prepayment of Notes                                    3
               
   Section 2.1. Required Prepayments                                  3
   Section 2.2. Optional Prepayment with Premium                      4
   Section 2.3. Prepayment of Notes upon Change of Control            5
   Section 2.4. Notice of Optional Prepayments                        8
   Section 2.5. Application of Prepayments                            8
   Section 2.6. Direct Payment                                        8

Section 3.     Representations                                        8
               
   Section 3.1. Representations of the Company                        8
   Section 3.2. Representations of the Purchaser                    
   
Section 4.     Closing Conditions                                     9
              
   Section 4.1. Conditions                                            9
   Section 4.2. Waiver of Conditions                                 10

Section 5.     Company Covenants                                     11
               
   Section 5.1. Corporate Existence, Etc                             11
   Section 5.2. Insurance                                            11
   Section 5.3. Taxes, Claims for Labor and Materials; Compliance with
                 Laws                                                11
   Section 5.4. Maintenance, Etc                                     12
   Section 5.5. Nature of Business                                   12
   Section 5.6. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth                      12
   Section 5.7. Limitations on Indebtedness                          12
   Section 5.8. Limitation on Liens                                  14
   Section 5.9. Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets          16
   Section 5.10.Redesignation of Subsidiaries                        20
   Section 5.11.Repurchase of Notes                                  21
   Section 5.12.Transactions with Affiliates                         21
   Section 5.13.Termination of Pension Plans                         21
   Section 5.14.Reports and Rights of Inspection                     21

Section 6.     Events of Default and Remedies Therefor               24
               
   Section 6.1. Events of Default                                    24
   Section 6.2. Notice to Holders                                    26
   Section 6.3. Acceleration of Maturities                           26
   Section 6.4. Rescission of Acceleration                           27

Section 7.     Amendments, Waivers and Consents                      28
               
   Section 7.1. Consent Required                                     28
   Section 7.2. Solicitation of Holders                              28
   Section 7.3. Effect of Amendment or Waiver; Scope of Consent      29

Section 8.     Interpretation of Agreement; Definitions              29
               
   Section 8.1. Definitions                                          29
   Section 8.2. Accounting Principles                                40
   Section 8.3. Directly or Indirectly                               40

Section 9.     Miscellaneous                                         40
               
   Section 9.1. Registered Notes                                     40
   Section 9.2. Exchange of Notes                                    40
   Section 9.3. Loss, Theft, Etc. of Notes                           41
   Section 9.4. Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity                        41
   Section 9.5. Powers and Rights Not Waived; Remedies Cumulative    42
   Section 9.6. Notices                                              42
   Section 9.7. Successors and Assigns                               42
   Section 9.8. Substitution of Purchaser                            42
   Section 9.9. Survival of Covenants and Representations            43
   Section 9.10.Severability                                         43
   Section 9.11.Governing Law                                        43
   Section 9.12.Submission to Jurisdiction                           43
   Section 9.13.Reproduction of Documents                            43
   Section 9.14.Captions                                             44

Signature                                                            45




Attachments to Note Agreement:

             

Schedule I    _    Names and Addresses of Purchasers and Amounts of
              Commitments

Schedule II   _    Description of Funded Debt, Capitalized Leases, Liens
              Securing Funded Debt and Intangibles included in
              Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the Closing Date

Schedule III  _    Description of Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted
              Subsidiaries of the Company

Exhibit A-1   _    Form of 6.44% Senior Notes, Series 1993-E, due
              December 1, 2005

Exhibit A-2   _    Form of 6.54% Senior Notes, Series 1993-F, due
              December 1, 2007

Exhibit A-3   _    Form of 6.69% Senior Notes, Series 1993-G, due
              December 1, 2010

Exhibit A-4   _    Form of 6.94% Senior Notes, Series 1993-H due December
              1, 2015

Exhibit B     _    Representations and Warranties of the Company

Exhibit C     _    Description of Special Counsel's Closing Opinion

Exhibit D     _    Description of Closing Opinion of Independent Counsel
              to the Company

Exhibit E     _    Description of Closing Opinion of the General Counsel
              to the Company

Exhibit F     _    Subordination Provisions Applicable to Subordinated
              Funded Debt

                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
                          1550 South Redwood Road
                        Salt Lake City, Utah  84104
                                     
                                     
                              Note Agreement
                                     
                                     
     
     
     Re:     $81,000,000 6.44% Senior Notes, Series 1993-E,
                           Due December 1, 2005,
              $21,000,000 6.54% Senior Notes, Series 1993-F,
                           Due December 1, 2007,
              $35,000,000 6.69% Senior Notes, Series 1993-G,
                           Due December 1, 2010
                                    and
              $13,000,000 6.94% Senior Notes, Series 1993-H,
                           Due December 1, 2015
                                                                           
                                                                Dated as of
                                                           November 1, 1993


To the Purchaser named in Schedule I
  hereto which is a signatory of this
  Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:
     
     The  undersigned,  Smith's  Food  & Drug  Centers,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), agrees with you as follows:


Section1.Description of Notes and Commitment.

Section1.1.Description of Notes.  (a) The Company will authorize the  issue
and  sale  of its 6.44% Senior Notes, Series 1993-E, due December  1,  2005
(the  "Series  1993-E  Notes") in an aggregate principal  amount  equal  to
$81,000,000,  its 6.54% Senior Notes, Series 1993-F, due December  1,  2007
(the  "Series  1993-F  Notes") in an aggregate principal  amount  equal  to
$21,000,000,  its 6.69% Senior Notes, Series 1993-G, due December  1,  2010
(the  "Series  1993-G  Notes") in an aggregate principal  amount  equal  to
$35,000,000 and its 6.94% Senior Notes, Series 1993-H, due December 1, 2015
(the "Series 1993-H Notes") in an aggregate principal equal to $13,000,000.
The  Series 1993-E Notes, the Series 1993-F Notes, the Series 1993-G  Notes
and the Series 1993-H Notes are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Notes".

     (b)    The  Series 1993-E Notes will be dated the date of issue,  will
bear  interest from such date at the rate of 6.44% per annum, payable semi-
annually  on  the  first  day  of  each June  and  December  in  each  year
(commencing on the first such day after the date of issue) and at  maturity
and will bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue optional
prepayment  of  principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent  legally
enforceable)  on  any overdue installment of interest at the  Overdue  Rate
after the date due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid.   The
Series  1993-E  Notes  shall  mature on  December  1,  2005  and  shall  be
substantially   in   the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit   A-1.    The
Series  1993-F  Notes will be dated the date of issue, will  bear  interest
from such date at the rate of 6.54% per annum payable semi-annually on  the
first  day of each June and December in each year (commencing on the  first
such day after the date of issue) and at maturity and will bear interest on
overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of
principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable)  on
any overdue installment of interest at the Overdue Rate after the date due,
whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid.  The Series 1993-F  Notes
shall  mature on December 1, 2007 and shall be substantially  in  the  form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-2.  The Series 1993-G Notes will be dated  the
date  of issue, will bear interest from such date at the rate of 6.69%  per
annum, payable semi-annually on the first day of each June and December  in
each year (commencing on the first such day after the date of issue) and at
maturity and will bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue
required or optional prepayment of principal) and premium, if any, and  (to
the  extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest  at
the  Overdue Rate after the date due, whether by acceleration or otherwise,
until  paid.  The Series 1993-G Notes shall mature on December 1, 2010  and
shall  be  substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  A-3.   The
Series  1993-H  Notes will be dated the date of issue, will  bear  interest
from such date at the rate of 6.94% per annum, payable semiannually on  the
first  day of each June and December in each year (commencing on the  first
such day after the date of issue) and at maturity and will bear interest on
overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of
principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable)  on
any overdue installment of interest at the overdue rate after the date due,
whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid.  The Series 1993-H  Notes
will  mature  on December 1, 2015 and shall be substantially  in  the  form
attached hereto as Exhibit A-4.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on
the  basis  of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  The Notes  are  not
subject  to prepayment or redemption at the option of the Company prior  to
their  expressed maturity dates except on the terms and conditions  and  in
the  amounts  and  with  the  premium, if any,  set  forth  in  2  of  this
Agreement.   The  term  "Notes"  as used herein  shall  include  each  Note
delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the separate agreements  with  the
other  purchasers named in Schedule I.  You and the other purchasers  named
in  Schedule  I  are hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Purchasers".
The terms which are capitalized herein shall have the meanings set forth in
8.1.

Section1.2.Commitment, Closing Date.  Subject to the terms  and  conditions
hereof  and  on the basis of the representations and warranties hereinafter
set  forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to you, and you  agree  to
purchase from the Company, Notes of the series and in the principal  amount
set forth opposite your name on Schedule I hereto at a price of 100% of the
principal amount thereof on the Closing Date.
     
     The  Notes will be delivered to you on December 1, 1993 (the  "Closing
Date").   Delivery of the Notes on the Closing Date will  be  made  at  the
offices  of  Chapman and Cutler, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago,  Illinois
60603,  against payment therefor in Federal Reserve or other funds  current
and  immediately available at the principal office of Zions First  National
Bank  in  the amount of the purchase price at 10:00 A.M., Salt  Lake  City,
Utah time.  The Notes delivered to you will be delivered to you in the form
of  a  single registered Note for the full amount of your purchase  (unless
different denominations are specified by you), registered in your  name  or
in  the  name of such nominee, as may be specified in Schedule  I  attached
hereto  and  in  substantially the form attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A-1,
Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3 or Exhibit A-4, as the case may be.

Section1.3.Other  Agreements.   Simultaneously  with  the   execution   and
delivery of this Agreement, the Company is entering into similar agreements
with  the  other  Purchasers  under which such other  Purchasers  agree  to
purchase  from the Company the principal amount of Notes set opposite  such
Purchasers' names in Schedule I, and your obligation and the obligations of
the  Company  hereunder are subject to the execution and  delivery  of  the
similar  agreements  by  the other Purchasers.   This  Agreement  and  said
similar  agreements  with  the  other Purchasers  are  herein  collectively
referred  to as the "Agreements".  The obligations of each Purchaser  shall
be  several  and not joint and no Purchaser shall be liable or  responsible
for the acts of any other Purchaser.


Section2.Prepayment of Notes.
     
     No prepayment of the Notes may be made except to the extent and in the
manner expressly provided in this Agreement.

Section2.1.Required  Prepayments.   In  addition  to  paying   the   entire
outstanding  principal amount and the interest due  on  the  Notes  on  the
maturity  dates thereof, the Company agrees it will prepay  and  apply  and
there  shall  become due and payable the following sums in respect  of  the
aggregate principal indebtedness evidenced by the Notes:
                                     
                                     
                            Series 1993-E Notes
                                     
                                             Applicable Amount of
         Required Payment Dates          Required Principal Payments

            December 1, 2001                     $16,200,000
            December 1, 2002                     $16,200,000
            December 1, 2003                     $16,200,000
            December 1, 2004                     $16,200,000

                            Series 1993-F Notes
                                     
                                             Applicable Amount of
         Required Payment Dates          Required Principal Payments

            December 1, 2003                      $4,200,000
            December 1, 2004                      $4,200,000
            December 1, 2005                      $4,200,000
            December 1, 2006                      $4,200,000

                            Series 1993-G Notes
                                     
                                             Applicable Amount of
         Required Payment Dates          Required Principal Payments

            December 1, 2006                      $7,000,000
            December 1, 2007                      $7,000,000
            December 1, 2008                      $7,000,000
            December 1, 2009                      $7,000,000

                            Series 1993-H Notes
                                     
                                             Applicable Amount of
         Required Payment Dates          Required Principal Payments

            December 1, 2011                      $2,600,000
            December 1, 2012                      $2,600,000
            December 1, 2013                      $2,600,000
            December 1, 2014                      $2,600,000
     
     No premium shall be payable in connection with any required prepayment
made  pursuant to this 2.1.  Any payment of less than all of any series  of
Notes  pursuant  to the provisions of any other section  hereof  shall  not
relieve  the  Company  of  the  obligation to  make  required  payments  or
prepayments  on such series of Notes in accordance with the terms  of  this
2.1.
     
     In  the event that the Company shall prepay less than all of the Notes
pursuant  to  2.2 hereof, the amounts of the prepayments required  by  this
2.1  shall  be reduced in the same proportion that the principal amount  of
the  Notes  outstanding immediately preceding such partial  prepayment  has
been  reduced  by  such partial prepayment to the end  that  the  remaining
prepayments required to be made pursuant to the provisions of this  2.1  on
the  Notes remaining outstanding will result in the same proportionate rate
of prepayment as if the Notes had not been so prepaid.

Section2.2.Optional Prepayment with Premium.  In addition to  the  payments
required  by 2.1, upon compliance with 2.4, the Company shall be  entitled,
at  any time and from time to time, to prepay the outstanding Notes, either
in  whole or in part (but if in part then in a minimum principal amount  of
$500,000)  by  payment  of the principal amount of the  Notes,  or  portion
thereof  to  be prepaid, and accrued interest thereon to the date  of  such
prepayment,  together  with  a  premium equal  to  the  Make-Whole  Amount,
determined  as  of two Business Days prior to the date of  such  prepayment
pursuant to this 2.2.

Section2.3.Prepayment of Notes upon Change of Control.  (a)  In  the  event
that  any  Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) shall  occur  or  the
Company shall have knowledge of any proposed Change of Control, the Company
will  give written notice (the "Company Notice") of such fact in the manner
provided  in  9.6 hereof to the holders of the Notes.  The  Company  Notice
shall  be delivered promptly upon receipt of such knowledge by the  Company
and in any event no later than three Business Days following the occurrence
of  any Change of Control.  The Company Notice shall (1) describe the facts
and  circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (2) make
reference to this 2.3 and the right of the holders of the Notes to  require
prepayment on the terms and conditions provided for in this 2.3, (3)  offer
in  writing to prepay the outstanding Notes, together with accrued interest
to  the date of prepayment and a premium equal to the then applicable Make-
Whole  Amount  and (4) specify a date for such prepayment (the  "Change  of
Control Prepayment Date"), which Change of Control Prepayment Date shall be
not  more  than 90 days nor less than 30 days following the  date  of  such
Company  Notice.  Each holder of the then outstanding Notes shall have  the
right to accept such offer and require prepayment in full of the Notes held
by  such  holder  by written notice to the Company (a "Noteholder  Notice")
given  not  later  than 20 days after receipt of the Company  Notice.   Not
later  than  two  Business Days prior to the Change of  Control  Prepayment
Date, the Company shall provide each holder of a Note which has so accepted
such offer of prepayment written notice of the premium, if any, payable  in
connection with such prepayment and, whether or not any premium is payable,
a reasonably detailed computation of the Make-Whole Amount including a copy
of  "Page 500" on the Telerate Service or the Statistical Release  used  in
connection  with  such computation.  The Company shall  on  the  Change  of
Control  Prepayment Date prepay in full all of the Notes  held  by  holders
which  have so accepted such offer of prepayment.  The prepayment price  of
the Notes payable upon the occurrence of any Change of Control shall be  an
amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes so to
be  prepaid  and  accrued interest thereon to the date of such  prepayment,
together  with  a  premium equal to the then applicable  Make-Whole  Amount
determined  as  of  two  Business Days prior  to  such  Change  of  Control
Prepayment Date.

     (b)    Without limiting the foregoing, notwithstanding any failure  on
the  part  of the Company to give the Company Notice herein required  as  a
result  of the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the  Notes
shall  have  the  right by delivery of written notice  to  the  Company  to
require  the Company to prepay, and the Company will prepay in  full,  such
holder's  Notes,  together with accrued interest thereon  to  the  date  of
prepayment  and  a premium equal to the then applicable Make-Whole  Amount;
provided that such holder of the Notes shall so notify the Company  of  its
election to require the Company to prepay its Notes in accordance with this
2.3(b)  within 90 days after such holder has actual knowledge of  any  such
Change  of  Control.  Notice of any required prepayment  pursuant  to  this
2.3(b)  shall  be delivered by any holder of the Notes which  was  entitled
to,  but  did  not receive, such Company Notice to the Company  after  such
holder  has actual knowledge of such Change of Control.  On the  date  (the
"Change  of  Control Delayed Prepayment Date") designated in such  holder's
notice  (which  shall  be  not more than 90 days  nor  less  than  30  days
following  the date of such holder's notice), the Company shall  prepay  in
full  all  of the Notes held by such holder, together with accrued interest
thereon  to  the  date  of  prepayment and a  premium  equal  to  the  then
applicable  Make-Whole Amount.  If the holder of any Note gives any  notice
pursuant  to  this 2.3(b), the Company shall give a Company  Notice  within
three  Business Days of receipt of such notice and identify the  Change  of
Control  Delayed Prepayment Date to all holders of the Notes  and  each  of
such  holders  shall  then  and thereupon have  the  right  to  accept  the
Company's offer to prepay in full the Notes held by such holder and require
prepayment of such Notes by delivery of a Noteholder Notice within 20  days
following receipt of such Company Notice; provided only that any  date  for
prepayment  of  such holder's Notes shall be the Change of Control  Delayed
Prepayment Date.  Not later than two Business Days prior to the  Change  of
Control Delayed Prepayment Date, the Company shall provide each holder of a
Note  which has so accepted such offer of prepayment written notice of  the
premium, if any, payable in connection with such prepayment and, whether or
not  any premium is payable, a reasonably detailed computation of the Make-
Whole Amount including a copy of "Page 500" on the Telerate Service or  the
Statistical  Release  used  in connection with such  computation.   On  the
Change of Control Delayed Prepayment Date, the Company shall prepay in full
the  Notes  of  each  holder  thereof which  has  accepted  such  offer  of
prepayment at a prepayment price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal
amount  of the Notes so to be prepaid and accrued interest thereon  to  the
date  of  such  prepayment,  together with a  premium  equal  to  the  then
applicable  Make-Whole Amount determined as of two Business Days  prior  to
the date of such prepayment pursuant to this 2.3(b).

     (c)    As used in this 2.3, a "Change of Control" of the Company shall
occur when (1)(i) the Company enters into a binding written commitment with
an Acquiring Person to permit such Acquiring Person to acquire, directly or
indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock of the Company then outstanding, or (ii) there has been
a successful completion of a tender offer or exchange offer that results in
an  Acquiring Person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owning more than
50%  of  the  total  voting power of the Voting Stock of the  Company  then
outstanding, or (iii) an Acquiring Person, directly or indirectly,  becomes
the  beneficial  owner of more than 50% of the total voting  power  of  the
Voting  Stock  of  the Company then outstanding or (iv) there  has  been  a
merger  between  the Company and any other Person, a consolidation  of  the
Company with any other Person, or an acquisition of any other Person by the
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, if immediately after such event, an
Acquiring Person shall then hold more than 50% of the total voting power of
the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately after giving effect
to  such merger, consolidation or acquisition, or (v) the capital stock  of
the  Company  is no longer Publicly Traded, if in connection therewith  and
after  giving effect thereto the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock
of  the Company owned or controlled by the Smith Control Group is less than
90%  of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company owned
or controlled by the Smith Control Group immediately prior to the last date
such  capital  stock was Publicly Traded and (2) immediately  after  giving
effect  thereto  either  (i) the long-term debt rating  of  such  Acquiring
Person,  or, with respect to clause (c)(1)(v), the Company, shall be  below
"BBB-"  by  Standard  & Poor's Corporation or "Baa3" by  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. or (ii) if the long-term debt of such Acquiring Person,  or,
with  respect  to  clause  (c)(1)(v), the Company,  shall  for  any  reason
whatsoever  not  be  rated  by Standard & Poor's  Corporation  and  Moody's
Investors  Service, Inc. then, within 90 days after the occurrence  of  any
event  described in clause (c)(1), such Acquiring Person, or, with  respect
to  clause (c)(1)(v), the Company, shall not have received a rating on each
series of the Notes of at least "BBB-" by Standard & Poor's Corporation  or
"Baa3" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
     
     The  term  "Acquiring  Person" shall mean  a  "person"  or  "group  of
persons"  within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of  the  Securities
and  Exchange  Act  of 1934, as amended; provided that notwithstanding  the
foregoing, "Acquiring Person" shall not be deemed to include any member  of
the  Smith  Control Group unless such member has, directly  or  indirectly,
disposed  of, sold or otherwise transferred to, or encumbered or restricted
(whether  by means of voting trust agreement or otherwise) for the  benefit
of,  an  Acquiring Person, all or any portion of the voting  power  of  the
Voting  Stock of the Company directly or indirectly owned or controlled  by
such  member or such member directly or indirectly acquiesces in,  consents
to  or votes all or any portion of the voting power of the Voting Stock  of
the  Company directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such member  for
the  taking  of  any action which, directly or indirectly,  constitutes  or
would  result  in a Change of Control, in which event such  member  of  the
Smith  Control Group shall be deemed to constitute an Acquiring  Person  to
the extent of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company owned  or
controlled by such member.
     
     The  term  "Management" shall mean, without duplication, all  officers
and  directors and shareholders of the Company's Class A stock who are  not
within  the definition of Smith Family and who are employed on a  full-time
basis by the Company on the date immediately preceding the date of any such
Change of Control.
     
     The term "Publicly Traded" shall mean the trading of any capital stock
of  the  Company  in any over-the-counter securities market (including  the
National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System)  or
the  listing for trading of any capital stock of the Company on the  NASDAQ
National   Market  System  or  any  regionally  or  nationally   recognized
Securities exchange.
     
     The  term  "Smith  Control Group" shall mean collectively,  the  Smith
Family and Management.
     
     The  term "Smith Family" shall mean all, or any combination of, or any
of  the  spouse of D. Glen Smith, each of his three sons, Jeffrey P. Smith,
Richard  D.  Smith  and Fred L. Smith and any trusts  established  for  the
benefit  of  the  natural children or stepchildren  of  Jeffrey  P.  Smith,
Richard  D.  Smith or Fred L. Smith; provided that the power  to  vote  any
shares  of the Company's stock held in such trusts shall have been  granted
to  all,  or  any  combination of, or any of Jeffrey P. Smith,  Richard  D.
Smith, Fred L. Smith or the spouse of D. Glen Smith.

Section2.4.Notice of Optional Prepayments.  The Company will give notice of
any  prepayment  of  the Notes pursuant to 2.2 to each holder  thereof  not
less  than  30  days nor more than 60 days before the date fixed  for  such
optional  prepayment specifying (a) such date, (b) the principal amount  of
the  holder's Notes to be prepaid on such date, (c) that a premium  may  be
payable,  (d)  the  date  when such premium will  be  calculated,  (e)  the
estimated  premium, (f) whether or not a premium is payable,  a  reasonably
detailed  calculation of the Make-Whole Amount including a  copy  of  "Page
500"  on the Telerate Service or the Statistical Release used in connection
with  such  computation,  and (g) the accrued interest  applicable  to  the
prepayment.   Such notice of prepayment shall also certify  all  facts,  if
any,  which  are  conditions precedent to any such prepayment.   Notice  of
prepayment  having  been so given, the aggregate principal  amount  of  the
Notes specified in such notice, together with accrued interest thereon  and
the  premium,  if any, payable with respect thereto shall  become  due  and
payable  on  the prepayment date specified in said notice.  Not later  than
two  Business  Days prior to the prepayment date specified in such  notice,
the  Company  shall  provide each holder of a Note written  notice  of  the
premium, if any, payable in connection with such prepayment and, whether or
not  any premium is payable, a reasonably detailed computation of the Make-
Whole Amount including a copy of "Page 500" on the Telerate Service or  the
Statistical Release used in connection with such computation.

Section2.5.Application of Prepayments.  Except in the case of prepayment of
the  Notes pursuant to 2.3, all partial prepayments shall be applied on all
outstanding  Notes ratably in accordance with the unpaid principal  amounts
thereof.

Section2.6.Direct  Payment.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the   contrary
contained in this Agreement or the Notes, in the case of any Note owned  by
you  or your nominee or owned by any subsequent Institutional Holder  which
has  given written notice to the Company requesting that the provisions  of
this  2.6  shall  apply,  the  Company will pay  punctually  when  due  the
principal  thereof, interest thereon and premium, if any, due with  respect
to  said  principal, without any presentment thereof, directly to  you,  to
your nominee or to such subsequent Institutional Holder at your address  or
your nominee's address set forth in Schedule I hereto or such other address
as  you, your nominee or such subsequent Institutional Holder may from time
to  time designate in writing to the Company or, if a bank account  with  a
United  States  bank is designated for you or your nominee  on  Schedule  I
hereto  or in any written notice to the Company from you, from your nominee
or  from  any such subsequent Institutional Holder, the Company  will  make
such  payments in immediately available Federal funds to such bank account,
marked for attention as indicated, or in such other manner or to such other
account  in  any  United  States bank as you,  your  nominee  or  any  such
subsequent Institutional Holder may from time to time direct in writing.


Section3.Representations.

Section3.1.Representations  of the Company.   The  Company  represents  and
warrants that all representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit B are
true  and  correct  as  of the date hereof and are incorporated  herein  by
reference  with  the same force and effect as though herein  set  forth  in
full.

Section3.2.Representations of the Purchaser.  (a)  You  represent,  and  in
entering  into  this  Agreement  the  Company  understands,  that  you  are
acquiring  the Notes for the purpose of investment and not with a  view  to
the  distribution  thereof,  and that you  have  no  present  intention  of
selling,  negotiating  or  otherwise  disposing  of  the  Notes;  it  being
understood,  however, that the disposition of your property  shall  at  all
times be and remain within your control.

     (b)   You further represent that:  (1) no part of the funds to be used
by  you  to purchase the Notes constitutes assets allocated to any separate
account maintained by you; or (2) no part of the funds to be used by you to
purchase  the  Notes constitutes assets allocated to any  separate  account
maintained  by  you such that the application of such funds  constitutes  a
prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA; or (3) all or a part  of
such funds constitute assets of one or more separate accounts, trusts or  a
commingled pension trust maintained by you, and you have disclosed  to  the
Company  the  names  of such employee benefit plans whose  assets  in  such
separate  account  or accounts or pension trusts exceed 10%  of  the  total
assets or are expected to exceed 10% of the total assets of such account or
accounts  or  trusts as of the date of such purchase and  the  Company  has
advised you in writing (and in making the representations set forth in this
clause (3) you are relying on such advice) that the Company is not a party-
in-interest  nor  are  the Notes employer securities with  respect  to  the
particular  employee  benefit plan disclosed  to  the  Company  by  you  as
aforesaid  (for the purpose of this clause (3), all employee benefit  plans
maintained by the same employer or employee organization are deemed to be a
single  plan).   As  used  in  this 3.2(b), the terms  "separate  account,"
"party-in-interest,"  "employer securities," and  "employee  benefit  plan"
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in ERISA.


Section4.Closing Conditions.

Section4.1.Conditions.   Your  obligation to  purchase  the  Notes  on  the
Closing  Date  set forth opposite your name on Schedule I hereto  shall  be
subject to the performance by the Company of its agreements hereunder which
by the terms hereof are to be performed at or prior to the time of delivery
of the Notes and to the following further conditions precedent:
     
          (a)   Closing Certificate.  You shall have received a certificate
     dated the Closing Date, signed by Robert D. Bolinder as Executive Vice
     President, Corporate Planning and Development or Matthew G.  Tezak  as
     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company,  the
     truth and accuracy of which shall be a condition to your obligation to
     purchase  the Notes proposed to be sold to you and to the effect  that
     (1)  the  representations and warranties of the Company set  forth  in
     Exhibit  B  hereto  are true and correct on and with  respect  to  the
     Closing  Date,  (2) the Company has performed all of  its  obligations
     hereunder  which are to be performed on or prior to the Closing  Date,
     and (3) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
     
          (b)    Legal Opinions.  You shall have received from Chapman  and
     Cutler, your special counsel in this transaction, from Ray, Quinney  &
     Nebeker, independent counsel for the Company and from Michael C. Frei,
     Esq.,  General Counsel to the Company, their respective opinions dated
     the  Closing  Date,  in form and substance satisfactory  to  you,  and
     covering  the  matters set forth in Exhibits C, D and E, respectively,
     hereto.
     
          (c)    Company's  Existence and Authority.  On or  prior  to  the
     Closing   Date,  you  shall  have  received,  in  form  and  substance
     satisfactory  to  you  and your special counsel,  such  documents  and
     evidence with respect to the Company as you may reasonably request  in
     order to establish the existence and good standing of the Company  and
     the  authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
     provided  that any certificates of public officials delivered pursuant
     to  this  4.1(c) shall be dated no more than two weeks  prior  to  the
     Closing Date.
     
          (d)    Related Transactions.  The Company shall have  consummated
     the  sale of the entire principal amount of the Notes scheduled to  be
     sold on the Closing Date pursuant to the Agreements.
     
          (e)   Private Placement Number.  On or prior to the Closing Date,
     special  counsel  to the Purchasers of the Notes shall  have  received
     from Standard & Poor's CUSIP Service Bureau, as agent for the National
     Association of Insurance Commissioners, private placement numbers  for
     each series of the Notes.
     
         (f)   Funding Instructions.  At least three Business Days prior to
     the  Closing  Date,  you  shall  have  received  written  instructions
     executed  by  a  Responsible  Officer of  the  Company  known  to  you
     directing the manner of the payment of funds and setting forth (1) the
     name  and  address of the transferee bank, (2) such transferee  bank's
     ABA  number,  (3) the account name and number into which the  purchase
     price for the Notes is to be deposited, and (4) the name and telephone
     number of the account representative responsible for verifying receipt
     of such funds.
     
          (g)    Legality of Investment.  The Notes to be purchased by  you
     shall  be  a  legal  investment  for  you  under  the  laws  of   each
     jurisdiction to which you may be subject (without resort  to  any  so-
     called "basket provisions" to such laws).
     
           (h)    Satisfactory  Proceedings.   All  proceedings  taken   in
     connection  with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  and
     all  documents  necessary  to  the  consummation  thereof,  shall   be
     reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you and your  special
     counsel, and you shall have received a copy (executed or certified  as
     may  be  appropriate) of all legal documents or proceedings  taken  in
     connection with the consummation of said transactions.

Section4.2.Waiver of Conditions.  If on the Closing Date the Company  fails
to  tender  to  you the Notes to be issued to you on such date  or  if  the
conditions  specified  in 4.1 have not been fulfilled,  you  may  thereupon
elect  to  be  relieved  of all further obligations under  this  Agreement.
Without  limiting the foregoing, if the conditions specified  in  4.1  have
not  been fulfilled, you may waive compliance by the Company with any  such
condition  to  such  extent as you may in your sole  discretion  determine.
Nothing  in  this 4.2 shall operate to relieve the Company of  any  of  its
obligations hereunder or to waive any of your rights against the Company.


Section5.Company Covenants.
     
     From  and after the Closing Date and continuing so long as any  amount
remains unpaid on any Note:

Section5.1.Corporate Existence, Etc.  The Company will preserve and keep in
full   force  and  effect,  and  will  cause  each  Significant  Restricted
Subsidiary  to  preserve and keep in full force and effect,  its  corporate
existence  and all licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct  of
its business, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent any transaction
permitted by 5.9.

Section5.2.Insurance.   The  Company will maintain,  and  will  cause  each
Significant  Restricted  Subsidiary  to  maintain,  insurance  coverage  by
financially sound and reputable insurers and in such forms and amounts  and
against such risks as are maintained by prudent corporations of established
reputation engaged in the same or a similar business, owning and  operating
similar  properties and, in the case of the Company, having a  consolidated
net  worth  determined in accordance with GAAP similar to the  Consolidated
Net Worth of the Company at the time in question.

Section5.3.Taxes,  Claims for Labor and Materials;  Compliance  with  Laws.
(a)  The  Company  will promptly pay and discharge,  and  will  cause  each
Restricted Subsidiary promptly to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments
and  governmental  charges  or levies imposed  upon  the  Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary, respectively, or upon or in respect of all  or  any
part  of  the  property  or  business of the  Company  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary,  all  trade  accounts payable  in  accordance  with  usual  and
customary  business  terms, and all claims for work,  labor  or  materials,
which are due and which if unpaid might become a Lien upon any property  of
the  Company  or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided the Company  or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  not  be  required  to  pay  any  such   tax,
assessment,  charge, levy, account payable or claim if  (1)  the  validity,
applicability  or  amount  thereof is being  contested  in  good  faith  by
appropriate actions or proceedings which will prevent (i) the forfeiture or
sale  of  any  property  of the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary  the
forfeiture  or  sale  of  which  could  materially  affect  adversely   the
properties,   business,  prospects,  ongoing  profitability  or   condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  or
(ii)  any material interference with the use thereof by the Company or such
Restricted  Subsidiary, and (2) the Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary
shall set aside on its books, adequate reserves with respect thereto.

    (b)   The Company shall promptly comply and shall cause each Restricted
Subsidiary  to comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental  rules  and
regulations  to  which  it  is subject including, without  limitation,  the
Occupational  Safety  and Health Act of 1970, as  amended  and  ERISA,  the
violation  of  which  could  materially affect  adversely  the  properties,
business,  prospects,  ongoing profitability  or  condition  (financial  or
otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

    (c)   The Company shall promptly comply and shall cause each Restricted
Subsidiary   to  comply  in  all  material  respects  with  all  applicable
Environmental  Laws,  now in existence or applicable  in  the  future,  if,
individually  or  in  the  aggregate, failure  to  comply  therewith  would
materially  affect  adversely the properties, business, prospects,  ongoing
profitability or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries.

     (d)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries  to, cause or allow any Hazardous Substance to be  present  at
any  time  on, in, under or above any real property or any part thereof  in
which  the  Company  or  any Restricted Subsidiary has  a  direct  interest
(including,  without limitation, ownership thereof or any  arrangement  for
the lease, rental or other use thereof, or the retention of any mortgage or
security interest therein or thereon), except in a manner and to the extent
that  it  is  in  compliance in all material respects with  all  applicable
Environmental  Laws  and  in  a  manner that  will  not  materially  affect
adversely  the  properties, business, prospects, ongoing  profitability  or
condition  (financial  or  otherwise) of the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.

Section5.4.Maintenance, Etc.  The Company will maintain, preserve and keep,
and  will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to maintain, preserve and  keep,
its  properties  which are used or useful in the conduct  of  its  business
(whether  owned in fee or a leasehold interest) in good repair and  working
order  and from time to time will make all necessary repairs, replacements,
renewals and additions so that at all times the efficiency thereof shall be
maintained.

Section5.5.Nature  of  Business.  Neither the Company  nor  any  Restricted
Subsidiary will engage in any business if, as a result, the nature  of  the
business, taken on a consolidated basis, which would then be engaged in  by
the   Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  would  be  substantially
different than distributing, either at retail or wholesale, food  and  drug
store   products,  and  operating  businesses  involving  the  manufacture,
distribution or sale of consumer products and services.

Section5.6.Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.  The Company will at all  times
keep  and  maintain Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at an amount  not  less
than  the  sum of (a) $350,000,000 plus (b) 20% of Consolidated Net  Income
computed on a cumulative basis for each of the elapsed fiscal years  ending
after  December  28, 1991; provided that notwithstanding that  Consolidated
Net  Income  for any such elapsed fiscal year may be a deficit  figure,  no
reduction  as  a result thereof shall be made in the sum to  be  maintained
pursuant hereto.

Section5.7.Limitations on Indebtedness.  (a) The Company will  not  create,
assume,  guarantee or otherwise incur or in any manner be or become  liable
in respect of any Funded Debt and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to,  create,  assume, guarantee or otherwise incur or in any manner  be  or
become liable in respect of any Indebtedness, except:
     
         (1)   Funded Debt evidenced by the Notes;
     
          (2)    Funded Debt of the Company and Indebtedness of  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  outstanding  as of the Closing  Date  and  described  on
     Schedule II hereto;
     
          (3)    additional Funded Debt of the Company and Indebtedness  of
     its  Restricted  Subsidiaries provided that at the time  of  creation,
     issuance, assumption, guarantee or incurrence thereof and after giving
     effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof:
          
              (i)   the ratio of Net Income Available for Fixed Charges for
          the  immediately preceding four consecutive fiscal quarter period
          to  Pro  Forma  Fixed  Charges for such four  consecutive  fiscal
          quarter  period (assuming such additional Funded Debt  to  be  so
          created,  issued,  assumed,  guaranteed  or  incurred  is  to  be
          outstanding for the entirety of such four fiscal quarters)  shall
          be not less than 1.45 to 1.00;
          
              (ii)   in the case of the issuance of any Funded Debt of  the
          Company  secured  by  Liens solely permitted  by  5.8(j)  or  the
          issuance  of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other  than
          Indebtedness  of  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  secured   by   Liens
          permitted  by  5.8(g)), the sum of (A) all  Funded  Debt  of  the
          Company  secured by Liens solely permitted by 5.8(j) and (B)  the
          aggregate  amount of all Indebtedness of Restricted  Subsidiaries
          incurred  in  accordance with the provisions of this clause  (ii)
          would not exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Capitalization; and
          
            (iii)   no Default or Event of Default would exist;
     
          (4)    Subordinated Funded Debt of the Company to a  Wholly-owned
     Restricted Subsidiary; and
     
          (5)   Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to
     another Restricted Subsidiary.

    (b)   Funded Debt issued or incurred in accordance with the limitations
of  5.7(a)(2) may be renewed, extended or refunded (without any increase in
principal amount remaining unpaid at the time of such renewal, extension or
refunding),  provided  that  at  the time of  such  renewal,  extension  or
refunding  and  after  giving effect thereto (1) no  Default  or  Event  of
Default  would  exist  and (2) and the Company would be  permitted  by  the
provisions  of  5.7(a)(3)(i) to incur at least $1.00 of  additional  Funded
Debt.

      (c)     The   Company  may  acquire  any  corporation  with  existing
Indebtedness  and  designate such corporation as a  Restricted  Subsidiary,
provided  that  at  the  time  of  acquisition  of  such  corporation   and
immediately after giving effect thereto (1) no Default or Event of  Default
would  exist  and (2) the Company would be permitted by the  provisions  of
5.7(a)(3)(i) to incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt.

Section5.8.Limitation on Liens.  The Company will not, and will not  permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or incur, or suffer to be incurred  or
to exist, any Lien on its or their property or assets, whether now owned or
hereafter  acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom,  or  transfer
any  property  for  the purpose of subjecting the same to  the  payment  of
obligations  in priority to the payment of its or their general  creditors,
or  acquire  or  agree to acquire, or permit any Restricted  Subsidiary  to
acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sales agreements or  other
title retention devices, except:
     
          (a)    Liens  for property taxes and assessments or  governmental
     charges  or  levies and Liens securing claims or demands of  mechanics
     and  materialmen, provided that payment thereof is  not  at  the  time
     required by 5.3;
     
          (b)    Liens of or resulting from any judgment or award, the time
     for  the  appeal  or petition for rehearing of which  shall  not  have
     expired, or in respect of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
     shall at any time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceeding
     for  a review and in respect of which a stay of execution pending such
     appeal or proceeding for review shall have been secured and for  which
     the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall have set aside on its
     books, adequate reserves with respect thereto;
     
         (c)   Liens incidental to the conduct of business or the ownership
     of  properties and assets (including Liens in connection with worker's
     compensation,   unemployment   insurance   and   other   like    laws,
     warehousemen's  and attorneys' liens and statutory  landlords'  liens)
     and  Liens  to  secure  the  performance of  bids,  tenders  or  trade
     contracts, or to secure statutory obligations, surety or appeal  bonds
     or  other Liens of like general nature incurred in the ordinary course
     of  business  and  not  in  connection with the  borrowing  of  money,
     provided  in  each case the obligation secured is not overdue  or,  if
     overdue,  is being contested in good faith by appropriate  actions  or
     proceedings;
     
          (d)   minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or
     reservations,  or  rights of others for rights-of-way,  utilities  and
     other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the  use
     of  real  properties,  which are necessary  for  the  conduct  of  the
     activities  of  the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  or  which
     customarily  exist  on properties of corporations engaged  in  similar
     activities  and  similarly situated and which  do  not  in  any  event
     materially  impair their use in the operation of the business  of  the
     Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     
          (e)    leases  on  real  property owned by  the  Company  or  any
     Restricted   Subsidiary  wherein  the  Company  or   such   Restricted
     Subsidiary is the lessor; provided that (1) the rentals payable  under
     any  such  lease are for fair rental value and (2) any such  lease  is
     entered  into  in  (i)  an  "arm's length" transaction  and  (ii)  the
     ordinary  course  of  the  Company's or such  Restricted  Subsidiary's
     business;
     
          (f)    Liens  existing as of the Closing Date  and  described  on
     Schedule II hereto;
     
          (g)    Liens created or incurred after the Closing Date given  to
     secure  the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection  with
     the  acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed  assets  useful
     and intended to be used in carrying on the business of the Company  or
     a Restricted Subsidiary, including Liens existing on such fixed assets
     at  the  time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition  by
     the  Company  or a Restricted Subsidiary of any business  entity  then
     owning  such  fixed  assets, whether or not such existing  Liens  were
     given  to secure the payment of the purchase price of the fixed assets
     to  which  they  attach,  so  long as such  existing  Liens  were  not
     incurred,  extended or renewed in contemplation of  such  acquisition,
     provided  that  (1) the Lien shall attach solely to the  fixed  assets
     acquired, purchased, constructed or improved, (2) such Lien shall have
     been created or incurred within 270 days of the date of acquisition or
     purchase or the date of completion of construction or improvements, as
     the  case  may  be,  (3) at the time of acquisition,  construction  or
     improvement  of  such  fixed  assets, the aggregate  amount  remaining
     unpaid  on  all  Indebtedness secured by Liens on such  fixed  assets,
     whether  or  not  assumed  by the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary,
     shall  not exceed an amount equal to the lesser of the total  purchase
     price  or  fair market value at the time of acquisition of such  fixed
     assets  (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of  the
     Company),  and  (4)  all such Indebtedness shall  have  been  incurred
     within the limitations provided in 5.7(a)(3)(i) and (iii);
     
          (h)    Liens  created or incurred after the Closing Date  on  the
     fixed  assets  or capital stock of any corporation at  the  time  such
     corporation  becomes  a  Restricted Subsidiary  given  to  secure  the
     payment  of  the  purchase  price  incurred  in  connection  with  the
     acquisition  of  such  corporation by  the  Company  or  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary;  provided  that (1) the Lien shall attach  solely  to  the
     fixed  assets  or capital stock acquired or purchased, (2)  such  Lien
     shall  have  been created or incurred substantially concurrently  with
     such  acquisition or purchase, (3) at the time of such acquisition  or
     purchase  of  such  corporation the aggregate amount  of  Indebtedness
     secured  by such Liens (whether or not assumed by the Company  or  any
     Restricted Subsidiary) shall not exceed an amount equal to the  lesser
     of  the  purchase price or fair market value of such fixed  assets  or
     capital stock at the time of such acquisition or purchase thereof  (as
     determined  in  good faith by the Board of Directors of the  Company),
     and  (4)  all  Indebtedness  secured by such  Liens  shall  have  been
     incurred within the limitations provided in 5.7(a)(3)(i) and (iii);
     
          (i)   Liens existing on the fixed assets of any Subsidiary on the
     date   the   Company  designates  such  Subsidiary  as  a   Restricted
     Subsidiary; provided that all Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall
     have  been  incurred  within the applicable  limitations  provided  in
     5.7(c);
     
          (j)    Liens created or incurred after the Closing Date given  to
     secure  Funded  Debt of the Company or Indebtedness of any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  in  addition  to  the Liens  permitted  by  the  preceding
     clauses (a) through (i) hereof; provided that all of such Indebtedness
     shall   have   been  incurred  within  the  limitations  provided   in
     5.7(a)(3)(i), (ii) and (iii); and
     
          (k)   any extension, renewal or replacement of any Lien permitted
     by the preceding clauses (f) through (j), inclusive, hereof in respect
     of  the  same property theretofore subject to such Lien in  connection
     with  the extension, renewal or refunding of the Indebtedness  secured
     thereby;  provided that (1) such Lien shall attach solely to the  same
     such  property,  (2) the principal amount of Indebtedness  secured  by
     such  Lien shall not have been increased, (3) no Default or  Event  of
     Default would exist and (4) after giving effect to any such extension,
     renewal  or  replacement,  the  Company  would  be  permitted  by  the
     provisions  of  5.7(a)(3)(i) to incur at  least  $1.00  of  additional
     Funded Debt.

Section5.9.Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets.   (a)  The  Company
will  not,  and  will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,  consolidate
with  or  be a party to a merger with any other Person, or sell,  lease  or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; provided that:
     
          (1)   any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with  or
     into the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary so long as in  any
     merger  or consolidation involving the Company, the Company  shall  be
     the surviving or continuing corporation;
     
          (2)   any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any
     other  corporation so long as such Restricted Subsidiary shall be  the
     surviving or continuing corporation and at the time of such merger  or
     consolidation  and  immediately after giving effect  thereto,  (i)  no
     Default or Event of Default would exist and (ii) the Company would  be
     permitted  by the provisions of 5.7(a)(3)(i) to incur at  least  $1.00
     of additional Funded Debt;
     
          (3)   any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into any
     other  corporation;  provided that at  the  time  of  such  merger  or
     consolidation and after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event
     of  Default  would exist, (ii) the Company would be permitted  by  the
     provisions  of  5.7(a)(3)(i) to incur at  least  $1.00  of  additional
     Funded  Debt and (iii) the disposition of such Restricted Subsidiary's
     assets  or  capital  stock would be permitted  by  the  provisions  of
     5.9(b) or (c);
     
          (4)    the  Company  may  merge  or consolidate  with  any  other
     corporation if (i) the corporation which results from such  merger  or
     consolidation  (the  "surviving corporation") is organized  under  the
     laws  of  any State of the United States or the District of  Columbia,
     (ii)  the  due and punctual payment of the principal of,  premium,  if
     any,  and interest on all of the Notes, according to their tenor,  and
     the  due  and  punctual  performance and observation  of  all  of  the
     covenants in the Notes and this Agreement to be performed or  observed
     by  the  Company  are expressly assumed in writing  by  the  surviving
     corporation and the surviving corporation shall furnish the holders of
     the  Notes an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such holders  to  the
     effect  that  the  instrument of assumption has been duly  authorized,
     executed  and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid  and  binding
     contract  and  agreement of the surviving corporation  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such terms may  be
     limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or
     similar  laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and  by  general equitable principles, and (iii) at the time  of  such
     consolidation  or merger and immediately after giving effect  thereto,
     (A)  no  Default or Event of Default would exist and (B) the surviving
     corporation  would be permitted by the provisions of  5.7(a)(3)(i)  to
     incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt;
     
          (5)    the  Company  may  sell or otherwise  dispose  of  all  or
     substantially all of its assets (other than stock and Indebtedness  of
     a Subsidiary, which may only be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant
     to  5.9(c)) to any Person for consideration which represents the  fair
     market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
     the  Company, a copy of such determination, certified by the Secretary
     or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, having been furnished to the
     holders of the Notes) at the time of such sale or other disposition if
     (i) the acquiring Person is a corporation organized under the laws  of
     any  State of the United States or District of Columbia, (ii) the  due
     and  punctual  payment  of  the principal of,  premium,  if  any,  and
     interest on all the Notes, according to their tenor, and the  due  and
     punctual  performance and observance of all of the  covenants  in  the
     Notes and in this Agreement to be performed or observed by the Company
     are  expressly assumed in writing by the acquiring corporation and the
     acquiring  corporation  shall furnish the  holders  of  the  Notes  an
     opinion of counsel satisfactory to such holders to the effect that the
     instrument  of  assumption  has  been duly  authorized,  executed  and
     delivered  and constitutes the legal, valid and binding  contract  and
     agreement of such acquiring corporation enforceable in accordance with
     its  terms,  except  as enforcement of such terms may  be  limited  by
     bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization, moratorium  or  similar  laws
     affecting  the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally  and  by
     general  equitable principles, and (iii) at the time of such  sale  or
     disposition  and  immediately  after giving  effect  thereto,  (A)  no
     Default  or  Event  of  Default  would exist  and  (B)  the  acquiring
     corporation  would be permitted by the provisions of  5.7(a)(3)(i)  to
     incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt.

     (b)    The  Company  will  not, and will  not  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to,  sell,  lease, transfer, abandon or otherwise  dispose  of,
assets  (except  assets sold in the ordinary course of  business  for  fair
market  value  and  except  as provided in 5.9(a)(5));  provided  that  the
foregoing restrictions do not apply to:
     
          (1)   the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets of
     a   Restricted  Subsidiary  to  the  Company  or  another   Restricted
     Subsidiary; or
     
          (2)   the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any asset
     of  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary the book value of which  at
     the  time of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition shall  be
     less  than  $5,000,000; provided that in the opinion of the  Company's
     Chief  Executive Officer (i) the sale is for fair value and is in  the
     best  interests of the Company and (ii) such sale, lease, transfer  or
     other  disposition  is  not part of a plan by the  Company  to  divest
     itself  of assets (in which event such sale, lease, transfer or  other
     disposition  shall  be  made within the limitations  of  5.9(b)(4)  or
     5.9(c)(3)); or
     
          (3)    the  sale  or  transfer of assets  of  the  Company  or  a
     Restricted  Subsidiary whenever it is determined  in  the  good  faith
     judgment of the Company's Chief Executive Officer that such assets are
     obsolete, worn out or without economic value to the Company or any  of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     
         (4)   the sale of assets for cash or other property to a Person or
     Persons other than an Affiliate if all of the following conditions are
     met:
          
              (i)   such assets (valued at net book value) do not, together
          with   all  other  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries previously disposed of during the same  fiscal  year
          (other  than in the ordinary course of business), exceed  10%  of
          Consolidated  Total  Assets determined  as  of  the  end  of  the
          immediately preceding fiscal quarter;
          
              (ii)    in  the  opinion  of  the Company's  Chief  Executive
          Officer,  the sale is for fair value and is in the best interests
          of the Company; and
          
             (iii)    immediately after the consummation of the transaction
          and  after  giving  effect thereto, (A) no Default  or  Event  of
          Default  would exist, and (B) the Company would be  permitted  by
          the  provisions  of  5.7(a)(3)(i) to  incur  at  least  $1.00  of
          additional Funded Debt;
     
     provided, however, that notwithstanding 5.9(b)(4)(i), the Company  may
     sell  or otherwise dispose of assets (valued at net book value) which,
     together  with  all  other assets of the Company  and  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  similarly valued and previously disposed of  during  the
     same  fiscal  year, would exceed 10% of Consolidated Total  Assets  if
     (A)   the   Company  has  otherwise  satisfied  the  requirements   of
     5.9(b)(4)(ii) and (iii), (B) immediately after giving effect  to  such
     sale or other disposition, the ratio of Consolidated Free Fixed Assets
     to  unsecured Consolidated Senior Funded Debt would not be  less  than
     1.25  to 1.00, and (C) the Company shall apply an amount equal to that
     portion  of the proceeds from all such sales or other dispositions  in
     excess  of 10% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as of the  end
     of  the immediately preceding fiscal quarter) within twelve months  of
     the  date of such sale or other disposition (x) to the acquisition  of
     fixed  assets useful and intended to be used in the operations of  the
     Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries as contemplated  by  5.5  (as
     determined  in  good  faith  by the Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the
     Company)  and having a fair market value (as determined in good  faith
     by  the Chief Executive Officer of the Company) at least equal to that
     of  the assets so sold or otherwise disposed of or (y) with respect to
     the  sale  of assets secured by Liens permitted by 5.8 hereof,  first,
     to  the  prepayment (including any applicable prepayment  premium)  of
     Senior Funded Debt of the Company secured by such Liens and second, to
     the  prepayment  (including  any  applicable  prepayment  premium)  of
     unsecured Senior Funded Debt of the Company or (z) with respect to the
     sale  of  assets  not  secured  by Liens  permitted  by  5.8,  to  the
     prepayment (including any applicable prepayment premium) of  unsecured
     Senior  Funded Debt of the Company, it being understood and agreed  by
     the  Company that any such proceeds paid and applied to the prepayment
     of the Notes shall be prepaid as and to the extent provided in 2.2.
     
     Computations  pursuant to this 5.9(b) shall include dispositions  made
pursuant  to  5.9(c)  and  computations pursuant to  5.9(c)  shall  include
dispositions made pursuant to this 5.9(b).

     (c)    The  Company  will  not, and will  not  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary to, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of the stock
(including  as  "stock"  for the purposes of this Section  any  options  or
warrants  to  purchase  stock  or  other  Securities  exchangeable  for  or
convertible  into stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary (said  stock,  options,
warrants  and  other Securities herein called "Subsidiary  Stock")  or  any
Indebtedness  of  any  Restricted  Subsidiary,  nor  will  any   Restricted
Subsidiary  issue, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares  of  its
own Subsidiary Stock, provided that the foregoing restrictions do not apply
to:
     
         (1)   the issue of directors' qualifying shares; or
     
         (2)   the issue of Subsidiary Stock to the Company or to a Wholly-
     owned Restricted Subsidiary; and
     
         (3)   the sale or other disposition at one time to a Person (other
     than  directly or indirectly to an Affiliate) of the entire Investment
     of the Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted
     Subsidiary  if  all  of the following conditions  are  met;  provided,
     however,  clause  (ii)  hereof  shall  only  apply  to  the  sale   of
     Significant Restricted Subsidiaries:
          
               (i)    such  assets  (valued  at  net  book  value)  of  the
          Restricted Subsidiary do not, together with all other  assets  of
          the  Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries previously  disposed
          of during the same fiscal year (other than in the ordinary course
          of  business), exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets determined
          as of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter;
          
             (ii)   in the opinion of the Company's Board of Directors, the
          sale  is  for  fair  value and is in the best  interests  of  the
          Company;
          
             (iii)    immediately after the consummation of the transaction
          and after giving effect thereto, such Restricted Subsidiary shall
          have  no  Indebtedness of or continuing Investment in the capital
          stock of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary and any such
          Indebtedness   or  Investment  shall  have  been  discharged   or
          acquired,  as  the case may be, by the Company  or  a  Restricted
          Subsidiary; and
          
              (iv)    immediately after the consummation of the transaction
          and  after  giving  effect thereto, (A) no Default  or  Event  of
          Default  would exist, and (B) the Company would be  permitted  by
          the  provisions  of  5.7(a)(3)(i) to  incur  at  least  $1.00  of
          additional Funded Debt;
     
     provided, however, that notwithstanding 5.9(c)(3)(i), the Company  may
     sell  or otherwise dispose of assets (valued at net book value) which,
     together  with  all  other assets of the Company  and  its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries  similarly valued and previously disposed of  during  the
     same  fiscal  year, would exceed 10% of Consolidated Total  Assets  if
     (A)   the   Company  has  otherwise  satisfied  the  requirements   of
     5.9(c)(3)(ii), (iii) and (iv), (B) immediately after giving effect  to
     such  sale or other disposition, the ratio of Consolidated Free  Fixed
     Assets to unsecured Consolidated Senior Funded Debt would not be  less
     than 1.25 to 1.00, and (C) the Company shall apply an amount equal  to
     that portion of the proceeds from all such sales or other dispositions
     in  excess of 10% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined as  of  the
     end  of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter) within twelve months
     of  the  date of such sale or other disposition (x) to the acquisition
     of  fixed  assets useful and intended to be used in the operations  of
     the  Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries as contemplated  by  5.5
     (as  determined  in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer  of  the
     Company)  and having a fair market value (as determined in good  faith
     by  the Chief Executive Officer of the Company) at least equal to that
     of  the assets so sold or otherwise disposed of or (y) with respect to
     the  sale  of assets secured by Liens permitted by 5.8 hereof,  first,
     to  the  prepayment (including any applicable prepayment  premium)  of
     Senior Funded Debt of the Company secured by such Liens and second, to
     the  prepayment  (including  any  applicable  prepayment  premium)  of
     unsecured Senior Funded Debt of the Company or (z) with respect to the
     sale  of assets not secured by Liens permitted by 5.8 hereof,  to  the
     prepayment (including any applicable prepayment premium) of  unsecured
     Senior  Funded Debt of the Company, it being understood and agreed  by
     the  Company that any such proceeds paid and applied to the prepayment
     of the Notes shall be prepaid as and to the extent provided in 2.2.
     
     Computations  pursuant to this 5.9(c) shall include dispositions  made
pursuant  to  5.9(b)  and  computations pursuant to  5.9(b)  shall  include
dispositions made pursuant to this 5.9(c).

Section5.10.Redesignation of Subsidiaries.  (a) The Company  may  designate
any  Restricted  Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary  if,  immediately
after  giving  effect  thereto, (1) no Default or Event  of  Default  would
exist,  (2)  the Company would be permitted by the provisions of  5.7(a)(3)
to  incur  at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt and (3) such Restricted
Subsidiary would not have a continuing Investment in the capital  stock  or
other  Securities  of  the  Company  or any  other  Restricted  Subsidiary;
provided,  however,  that  once  a Subsidiary  has  its  designation  as  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  withdrawn,  such  Subsidiary  may  no   longer   be
designated as a Restricted Subsidiary as set forth in paragraph (b) below.

     (b)    The  Company  may designate any Unrestricted  Subsidiary  as  a
Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving affect thereto, (1) such
Subsidiary is in compliance with all covenants of this Agreement applicable
to Restricted Subsidiaries, (2) no Default or Event of Default would exist,
and  (3)  the Company would be permitted by the provisions of 5.7(a)(3)  to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt provided, however, that once
a  Subsidiary  has  had  its  designation  as  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary
withdrawn,  such Subsidiary may no longer be designated as an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary as set forth in paragraph (a) above.
     
     Each  change  in  the designation of a Subsidiary  shall  be  made  by
resolution  of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Company  shall
within 30 days after such action give written notice thereof to the holders
of the Notes.

Section5.11.Repurchase of Notes.  Neither the Company  nor  any  Restricted
Subsidiary or Affiliate, directly or indirectly, may repurchase or make any
offer  to  repurchase any Notes unless an offer has been made to repurchase
Notes,  pro rata, from all holders of the Notes at the same time  and  upon
the  same terms.  In case the Company repurchases or otherwise acquires any
Notes,  such Notes shall immediately thereafter be cancelled and  no  Notes
shall  be issued in substitution therefor.  Without limiting the foregoing,
upon  the  purchase or other acquisition of any Notes by the  Company,  any
Restricted  Subsidiary  or any Affiliate, such Notes  shall  no  longer  be
outstanding for purposes of any section of this Agreement relating  to  the
taking  by  the  holders of the Notes of any actions with  respect  hereto,
including, without limitation, 6.3, 6.4 and 7.1.

Section5.12.Transactions with Affiliates.  The Company will not,  and  will
not  permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or be a party  to  any
transaction   or   arrangement  with  any  Affiliate  (including,   without
limitation, the purchase from, sale to or exchange of property with, or the
rendering of any service by or for, any Affiliate), except in the  ordinary
course  of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company's  or
such Restricted Subsidiary's business and upon fair and reasonable terms no
less  favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than would  be
obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person other  than
an Affiliate.

Section5.13.Termination of Pension Plans.  The Company will  not  and  will
not permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan or permit
any  employee  benefit  plan maintained by it  to  be  terminated  if  such
withdrawal  or  termination  could  result  in  withdrawal  liability   (as
described  in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA) or the  imposition
of  a  Lien  on any property of the Company or any Subsidiary  pursuant  to
Section 4068 of ERISA.

Section5.14.Reports and Rights of Inspection.  (a) The Company  will  keep,
and  will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to keep, proper books of  record
and  account in which full and correct entries will be made of all dealings
or  transactions  of, or in relation to, the business and  affairs  of  the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied (except for changes disclosed in the financial statements furnished
to  you pursuant to this 5.14(a) and concurred in by the independent public
accountants referred to in 5.14(a)(2) hereof), and will furnish to  you  so
long  as  you  are  the holder of any Note and to each other  Institutional
Holder of the then outstanding Notes (in duplicate if so specified below or
otherwise requested), and in the case of the financial statements delivered
pursuant  to  paragraph  5.14(a)(2), to the  Securities  Valuation  Office,
National Association of Insurance Commissioners, 195 Broadway, Suite  1903,
New York, New York 10007:
     
         (1)   Quarterly Statements.  As soon as available and in any event
     within  60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period  (except
     the last) of each fiscal year, copies of:
          
               (i)    consolidated balance sheets of the  Company  and  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such quarterly  fiscal
          period,  setting  forth  in  comparative  form  the  consolidated
          figures for the fiscal year then most recently ended,
          
              (ii)    consolidated statements of income of the Company  and
          its  Restricted Subsidiaries for such quarterly fiscal period and
          for  the  portion of the fiscal year ending with  such  quarterly
          fiscal period, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
          consolidated  figures  for  the  corresponding  periods  of   the
          preceding fiscal year, and
          
             (iii)    consolidated statements of cash flows of the  Company
          and  its  Restricted Subsidiaries for the portion of  the  fiscal
          year  ending with such quarterly fiscal period, setting forth  in
          comparative  form the consolidated figures for the  corresponding
          period of the preceding fiscal year,
     
     all  in reasonable detail and certified as complete and correct by  an
     authorized financial officer of the Company;
     
          (2)    Annual Statements.  As soon as available and in any  event
     within  120  days after the close of each fiscal year of the  Company,
     copies of:
          
               (i)    consolidated balance sheets of the  Company  and  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year, and
          
             (ii)   consolidated statements of income and retained earnings
          and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
          such fiscal year,
     
     in  each  case  setting  forth in comparative  form  the  consolidated
     figures  for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable  detail  and
     accompanied  by a report thereon containing an opinion unqualified  as
     to  scope  limitations  imposed by the Company and  otherwise  without
     qualification except as therein noted, of a firm of independent public
     accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company to
     the  effect that the consolidated financial statements present fairly,
     in  all material respects, the consolidated financial position of  the
     Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of  the  fiscal
     year  being reported on and the consolidated results of the operations
     and  cash  flows for said year in conformity with GAAP  and  that  the
     examination  of  such  accountants in connection with  such  financial
     statements  has  been conducted in accordance with generally  accepted
     auditing  standards and included such tests of the accounting  records
     and   such  other  auditing  procedures  as  said  accountants  deemed
     necessary in the circumstances;
     
          (3)   Audit Reports.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, one copy  of
     each  interim or special audit made by independent accountants of  the
     books  of  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any management
     letter received from such accountants with respect to such interim  or
     special audits;
     
          (4)    SEC  and  Other  Reports.  Promptly  upon  their  becoming
     available  and  in  any event no later than the  date  on  which  such
     information is distributed to the Company's stockholders, one copy  of
     each  financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement  sent  by
     the  Company to stockholders generally and of each regular or periodic
     report,  and any final registration statement or prospectus  filed  by
     the  Company  or  any Subsidiary with any Securities exchange  or  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency;
     
          (5)    ERISA  Reports.   Promptly upon  the  occurrence  thereof,
     written  notice of (i) a Reportable Event with respect  to  any  Plan;
     (ii) the institution of any steps by the Company, any ERISA Affiliate,
     the  PBGC  or  any  other  Person to terminate  any  Plan;  (iii)  the
     institution  of  any  steps by the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  to
     withdraw  from  any  Plan; (iv) a non-exempt "prohibited  transaction"
     within  the  meaning  of Section 406 of ERISA in connection  with  any
     Plan;  (v)  any material increase in the contingent liability  of  the
     Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary with  respect  to  any  post-
     retirement welfare liability; or (vi) the taking of any action by,  or
     the  threatening of the taking of any action by, the Internal  Revenue
     Service,  the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect to  any  of
     the foregoing;
     
          (6)    Officer's  Certificates.  Within the periods  provided  in
     paragraphs (1) and (2) above, a certificate of an authorized financial
     officer  of  the  Company stating that such officer has  reviewed  the
     provisions  of this Agreement and setting forth:  (i) the  information
     and computations (in sufficient detail) required in order to establish
     whether  the  Company was in compliance with the requirements  of  5.6
     through  5.9  at  the  end  of the period  covered  by  the  financial
     statements then being furnished, and (ii) whether there existed as  of
     the date of such financial statements and whether, to the best of such
     officer's  knowledge, there exists on the date of the  certificate  or
     existed  at  any  time  during the period covered  by  such  financial
     statements any Default or Event of Default and, if any such  condition
     or  event exists on the date of the certificate, specifying the nature
     and  period of existence thereof and the action the Company is  taking
     and proposes to take with respect thereto;
     
          (7)    Accountant's Certificates.  Within the period provided  in
     paragraph  (2) above, a certificate of the accountants who  render  an
     opinion  with respect to such financial statements, stating that  they
     have reviewed this Agreement in connection with making their audit and
     not  solely  for the purposes of compliance with this 5.14(a)(7),  and
     stating further whether, in making such audit, anything came to  their
     attention  that caused them to believe that the Company had failed  in
     compliance  or  continues  to  be  in noncompliance  with  the  terms,
     covenants, provisions and conditions of this Agreement insofar as  the
     same   relate,   pertain   to  or  involve   accounting   matters   or
     determinations and if such condition or event then exists,  specifying
     the nature and period of existence thereof;
     
          (8)    Rule  144A.   Except at such times as  the  Company  is  a
     reporting  company  under Section 13 or 15(d) of  the  Securities  and
     Exchange   Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  or  has  complied  with   the
     requirements for the exemption from registration under the  Securities
     and  Exchange  Act  of 1934, as amended, set forth in  Rule  12g3-2(b)
     under  such Act, such financial or other information as any holder  of
     the  Notes  or  any  Person designated by such holder  may  reasonably
     determine  is  required  to  permit such holder  to  comply  with  the
     requirements of Rule 144A promulgated under the Act in connection with
     the  resale  by it of the Notes, in any such case promptly  after  the
     same is requested; and
     
          (9)    Requested  Information.  With reasonable promptness,  such
     other data and information as you or any such Institutional Holder may
     reasonably request.

     (b)   Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will permit you,  so
long  as  you are the holder of any Note, and each Institutional Holder  of
the  then  outstanding  Notes  (or such  Persons  as  either  you  or  such
Institutional  Holder  may  designate), to visit  and  inspect,  under  the
Company's  guidance, any of the properties of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, to examine all of their books of account, records, reports  and
other  papers,  to make copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss  their
respective  affairs, finances and accounts with their respective  officers,
employees,  and,  after  prior  written  notice  thereof  to  the  Company,
independent   public  accountants  (and  by  this  provision  the   Company
authorizes said accountants to discuss with you the finances and affairs of
the  Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) all at such reasonable  times
and as often as may be reasonably requested.  Subject to the provisions  of
6.3  and  9.4 hereof, any visitation shall be at your sole expense  or  the
sole expense of any such Institutional Holder.


Section6.Events of Default and Remedies Therefor.

Section6.1.Events  of  Default.  Any one or more  of  the  following  shall
constitute an "Event of Default" as such term is used herein:
     
          (a)    Default shall occur in the payment of interest on any Note
     when  the  same shall have become due and such default shall  continue
     for more than five Business Days; or
     
         (b)   Default shall occur in the making of any required prepayment
     on any of the Notes as provided in 2.1; or
     
          (c)    Default shall occur in the making of any other payment  of
     the principal of any Note or premium, if any, thereon at the expressed
     or  any accelerated maturity date or at any date fixed for prepayment;
     or
     
          (d)   Default shall occur in the observance or performance of any
     covenant or agreement contained in 5.5 through 5.13 or 5.14(b); or
     
          (e)   Default shall occur in the observance or performance of any
     other provision of this Agreement which is not remedied within 30 days
     after the earlier of (1) the day on which a Responsible Officer of the
     Company  first obtains knowledge of such Default, or (2)  the  day  on
     which written notice thereof is given to the Company by the holder  of
     any  Note; provided that in the case of any Default pursuant  to  this
     6.1(e)  which  cannot with due diligence be cured within  such  30-day
     period,  if  the Company shall proceed promptly to cure the  same  and
     thereafter  prosecute the curing of such Default with  due  diligence,
     the  time within which to cure such Default shall be extended for such
     period  as  may  be necessary but in no event more than 60  additional
     days; or
     
          (f)    Default shall be made in the payment when due (whether  by
     lapse of time, by declaration, by call for redemption or otherwise) of
     the  principal  of or interest on any Indebtedness for borrowed  money
     (other  than  the  Notes)  under  any indenture,  agreement  or  other
     instrument  under  which any Indebtedness for borrowed  money  of  the
     Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary aggregating $10,000,000 or  more
     is  outstanding and such default or event shall occur at the  maturity
     of,  or  result in the acceleration of, any Indebtedness for  borrowed
     money   of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  outstanding
     thereunder  and  such acceleration shall not have  been  rescinded  or
     annulled; or
     
          (g)   Default or the happening of any event shall occur under any
     indenture,  agreement or other instrument under which any Indebtedness
     for  borrowed  money  of  the  Company or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary
     aggregating  $10,000,000 or more is outstanding and  such  default  or
     event  shall  occur at the maturity of, or result in the  acceleration
     of,  any  Indebtedness  for  borrowed money  of  the  Company  or  any
     Restricted  Subsidiary  outstanding thereunder and  such  acceleration
     shall not have been rescinded or annulled; or
     
          (h)    Any representation or warranty made by the Company herein,
     or  made  by the Company in any statement or certificate furnished  by
     the  Company  in connection with the consummation of the issuance  and
     delivery of the Notes or furnished by the Company pursuant hereto,  is
     untrue  in  any  material respect as of the date of  the  issuance  or
     making thereof; or
     
          (i)    Final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money
     aggregating in excess of $10,000,000 (excluding for purposes  of  such
     determination  the amount of any insurance proceeds  received  by,  or
     paid on behalf of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect
     of  such  judgment  or  judgments) is or are outstanding  against  the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or against any property or assets
     of  either  and  any  one  of  such  judgments  has  remained  unpaid,
     unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of
     which  is  the  lesser of (i) 60 days from the date of  its  entry  or
     (ii)  the amount of days (not less than 30 days) from the date of  its
     entry  which  are required to elapse prior to a judgment  creditor  in
     such jurisdiction being permitted to execute upon such final judgment;
     or
     
          (j)    A  custodian, liquidator, trustee or receiver is appointed
     for the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for the major part  of
     the property of either and is not discharged within 30 days after such
     appointment; or
     
         (k)   The Company or any Significant Restricted Subsidiary becomes
     insolvent  or  bankrupt, is generally not paying  its  debts  as  they
     become due or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
     Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary applies for or consents  to  the
     appointment  of a custodian, liquidator, trustee or receiver  for  the
     Company  or  such Restricted Subsidiary or for the major part  of  the
     property of either; or
     
           (l)    Bankruptcy,  reorganization,  arrangement  or  insolvency
     proceedings,  or other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy  or
     similar  law or laws for the relief of debtors, are instituted  by  or
     against  the  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and, if  instituted
     against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, are consented to  or
     are not dismissed within 30 days after such institution.

Section6.2.Notice  to  Holders.   When any  Default  or  Event  of  Default
described in the foregoing 6.1 has occurred, or if the holder of  any  Note
or  of any other evidence of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company
gives  any  notice  or  takes any other action with respect  to  a  claimed
default,  the Company agrees to give notice within three Business  Days  of
such event to all holders of the Notes then outstanding.

Section6.3.Acceleration of Maturities.  When any Event of Default described
in  paragraph  (a), (b) or (c) of 6.1 has happened and is  continuing,  any
holder  of  any  Note may, by written notice to the Company in  the  manner
provided  in 9.6, declare the entire principal and all interest accrued  on
the  Notes  held by such holder to be, and such Notes shall  five  Business
Days  from  the  date  of  such written notice become,  forthwith  due  and
payable,  without any presentment, demand, protest or other notice  of  any
kind,  all  of  which are hereby expressly waived and  when  any  Event  of
Default  described in paragraphs (a) through (i), inclusive,  of  said  6.1
has  happened,  the holder or holders of 66-2/3% or more of  the  principal
amount  of  Notes  at the time outstanding may, by written  notice  to  the
Company  in  the manner provided in 9.6, declare the entire  principal  and
all  interest accrued on all Notes to be, and all Notes shall five Business
Days  from  the  date  of  such written notice become,  forthwith  due  and
payable,  without any presentment, demand, protest or other notice  of  any
kind,  all  of  which  are  hereby expressly waived.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if  at any time the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary  shall
have  outstanding unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money  which  matures
more  than 365 days from the date of origin thereof (other than letters  of
credit  for  the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary)  that
may  become due and payable fewer than five Business Days from the date  of
notice  of  acceleration thereof, then the number of  Business  Days  after
which  the  Notes  shall  become due and payable after  written  notice  of
acceleration thereof, pursuant to this 6.3, shall be reduced to such  fewer
amount  of  Business  Days.   When  any  Event  of  Default  described   in
paragraph  (j), (k) or (l) of 6.1 has occurred, then all outstanding  Notes
shall  immediately  become due and payable without presentment,  demand  or
notice of any kind.  Upon the Notes becoming due and payable as a result of
any  Event of Default as aforesaid, the Company will forthwith pay  to  the
holders of the Notes the entire principal and interest accrued on the Notes
and,  to  the  extent  not  prohibited by  applicable  law,  an  amount  as
liquidated damages for the loss of the bargain evidenced hereby (and not as
a  penalty)  equal to the Make-Whole Amount, determined as of the  date  on
which the Notes shall so become due and payable; provided, however, no Make-
Whole  Amount shall be due and payable if, within four Business Days  after
the  Notes  have been declared due and payable pursuant to  this  6.3,  the
Company  shall  have  satisfied the requirements  of  6.4(a)  through  (c),
inclusive, and shall have given notice thereof in the manner set  forth  in
59.6  to  each  of  the  holders of the Notes then  outstanding.   Anything
contained  in  the  proviso in the preceding sentence  notwithstanding  and
provided  that this sentence shall relate exclusively to said  proviso,  if
the  Notes shall be paid pursuant to this 6.3 without premium on  or  after
the  fifth  Business  Day after the Notes have been  so  declared  due  and
payable  and  such payment shall for any reason whatsoever subsequently  be
set aside upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or reorganization of
the  Company, the Company agrees that there shall then and thereupon become
due and owing the principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on the
Notes  heretofore so paid.  No course of dealing on the part of the  holder
or  holders of any Notes nor any delay or failure on the part of any holder
of  Notes to exercise any right shall operate as a waiver of such right  or
otherwise prejudice such holder's rights, powers and remedies.  The Company
further  agrees, to the extent permitted by law, to pay to  the  holder  or
holders  of  the  Notes  all costs and expenses incurred  by  them  in  the
collection  of any Notes or in connection with any amendments,  waivers  or
consents,  including,  without  limitation,  any  amendments,  waivers   or
consents  resulting from any work-out, renegotiation or restructuring  upon
any Default hereunder or thereon, including reasonable compensation to such
holder's  or  holders'  attorneys for all services rendered  in  connection
therewith.

Section6.4.Rescission of Acceleration.  The provisions of 6.3  are  subject
to  the  condition  that if the principal of and accrued  interest  on  any
outstanding Note has been declared immediately due and payable by reason of
the  occurrence of any Event of Default described in paragraphs (a) through
(c),  inclusive, of 6.1, with respect to such Note, the holder of such Note
may,  and  if  the principal and accrued interest on all outstanding  Notes
have  been declared immediately due and payable by reason of the occurrence
of any Event of Default described in paragraphs (a) through (i), inclusive,
of  6.1, the holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the  Notes
then outstanding may, by written instrument filed with the Company, rescind
and  annul such declaration and the consequences thereof, provided that  at
the time such declaration is annulled and rescinded:
     
          (a)    no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment  of
     any monies due pursuant to the Notes or this Agreement;
     
          (b)    all  arrears of interest upon all the Notes and all  other
     sums  payable  under  the Notes and under this Agreement  (except  any
     principal, interest or premium on the Notes which has become  due  and
     payable  solely  by reason of such declaration under 6.3)  shall  have
     been duly paid; and
     
          (c)   each and every Default and Event of Default shall have been
     made good, cured or waived pursuant to 7.1;

and   provided  further,  that  no  such  rescission  and  annulment  shall
(1)  extend  to  or affect any subsequent Default or Event  of  Default  or
impair  any  right  consequent  thereto or (2)  extend  to  or  affect  any
declaration  by  any holder of any Note pursuant to the first  sentence  of
6.3  unless  and to the extent such holder has rescinded and annulled  such
declaration.


Section7.Amendments, Waivers and Consents.

Section7.1.Consent Required.  Any term, covenant, agreement or condition of
this  Agreement  may,  with  the consent of  the  Company,  be  amended  or
compliance  therewith may be waived (either generally or  in  a  particular
instance  and either retroactively or prospectively), if the Company  shall
have obtained the consent in writing of the holders of at least 66-2/3%  in
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes; provided that without  the
written  consent  of the holders of all of the Notes then  outstanding,  no
such  amendment or waiver shall be effective (a) which will change the time
of  payment  (including  any prepayment required by  2.1  or  2.3)  of  the
principal  of, premium, if any, or the interest on any Note or  reduce  the
principal  amount  thereof  or  reduce the rate  of  interest  thereon,  or
(b)  which will change the method of calculating the Make-Whole Amount,  or
(c)  which  will  change  any of the provisions with  respect  to  optional
prepayments,  or  (d) which will change the percentage of  holders  of  the
Notes  required to consent to any such amendment or waiver of  any  of  the
provisions of this 7 or 6 or 5.11.

Section7.2.Solicitation  of  Holders.  So  long  as  there  are  any  Notes
outstanding, the Company will not solicit, request or negotiate for or with
respect  to  any proposed waiver or amendment of any of the  provisions  of
this  Agreement  or the Notes unless each holder of Notes (irrespective  of
the  amount  of  Notes then owned by it) shall be informed thereof  by  the
Company  and shall be afforded the opportunity of considering the same  and
shall  be supplied by the Company with sufficient information to enable  it
to  make an informed decision with respect thereto.  The Company will  not,
directly  or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration,  whether
by  way  of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise,  to  any
holder  of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to entering  into
by  any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms  and
provisions  of  this  Agreement or the Notes unless  such  remuneration  is
concurrently  offered, on the same terms, ratably to  the  holders  of  all
Notes  then outstanding.  Promptly and in any event within 30 days  of  the
date of execution and delivery of any such waiver or amendment, the Company
shall  provide  a true, correct and complete copy thereof to  each  of  the
holders of the Notes.

Section7.3.Effect of Amendment or Waiver; Scope of Consent.  (a)  Any  such
amendment or waiver shall apply equally to all of the holders of the  Notes
and  shall  be binding upon them, upon each future holder of any  Note  and
upon  the  Company,  whether or not such Note shall  have  been  marked  to
indicate  such  amendment  or waiver.  No such amendment  or  waiver  shall
extend  to  or  affect any obligation not expressly amended  or  waived  or
impair any right consequent thereon.

     (b)   Any consent to an amendment or waiver given pursuant to this 7.3
by  a holder of a Note which has (1) transferred or agreed to transfer  all
or  a  portion of its Notes to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate
of  the  Company  and  (2) provided such consent as  a  condition  to  such
transfer,  shall be valid and binding only upon such holder.  Any amendment
or  waiver which becomes effective only with such consent (and the consents
of  all  other holders of the Notes which were acquired under the  same  or
similar  conditions) shall be valid and binding only upon  such  holder  or
holders.


Section8.Interpretation of Agreement; Definitions.

Section8.1.Definitions.  Unless the context otherwise requires,  the  terms
hereinafter  set  forth when used herein shall have the following  meanings
and  the  following  definitions shall be equally applicable  to  both  the
singular and plural forms of any of the terms herein defined:
     
     "Acquiring Person" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(c).
     
     "Affiliate" shall mean any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary)
(a)  which  directly  or  indirectly through  one  or  more  intermediaries
controls,  or  is  controlled  by, or is under  common  control  with,  the
Company,  (b) which beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any  class  of
the  Voting Stock of the Company or (c) 5% or more of the Voting Stock  (or
in  the  case  of a Person which is not a corporation, 5% or  more  of  the
equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or held by the Company or a
Subsidiary.    The  term  "control"  means  the  possession,  directly   or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by
contract or otherwise.
     
     "Agreements" shall have the meaning set forth in 1.3.
     
     "Business  Day"  shall mean any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday  or
other day on which banks in New York, New York or Salt Lake City, Utah  are
required by law to close.
     
     "Capitalized  Lease" shall mean any lease the obligation  for  Rentals
with  respect  to  which is required to be capitalized  on  a  consolidated
balance sheet of the lessee and its subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
     
     "Change of Control" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(c).
     
     "Change of Control Delayed Prepayment Date" shall have the meaning set
forth in 2.3(b).
     
     "Change  of Control Prepayment Date" shall have the meaning set  forth
in 2.3(a).
     
     "Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in 1.2.
     
     "Code"  shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and
the regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.
     
     "Company"  shall  mean Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation, and any Person who succeeds to all, or substantially  all,  of
the  assets  and business of Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. pursuant  to
the provisions 5.9.
     
     "Company Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(a).
     
     "Consolidated  Free Fixed Assets" shall mean as of  the  date  of  any
determination thereof (a) Consolidated Total Assets of the Company  (valued
at  net book value) less (b) the sum of (1) the book value of all assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries properly classified as "current
assets" or "intangible assets" in accordance with GAAP, (2) deferred assets
and  prepaid  expenses and (3) the book value of all  property  and  assets
which  are  subject to Liens created, incurred, granted or assumed  by  the
Company  or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than (i)  Liens  upon
assets described in the foregoing clause (b)(1) and (ii) Liens permitted by
5.8(a) through (e), inclusive.
     
     "Consolidated Funded Debt" shall mean all Funded Debt of  the  Company
and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  determined  on  a  consolidated  basis
eliminating intercompany items.
     
     "Consolidated Net Income" for any period shall mean the gross revenues
of  the  Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period  less  all
expenses  and other proper charges (including taxes on income),  determined
on  a  consolidated basis after eliminating earnings or losses attributable
to outstanding Minority Interests, but excluding in any event:
     
          (a)    any  gains  or losses on the sale or other disposition  of
     Investments or fixed or capital assets, and any taxes on such excluded
     gains  and  any  tax  deductions or credits on  account  of  any  such
     excluded losses;
     
         (b)   the proceeds of any life insurance policy;
     
         (c)   net earnings and losses of any Restricted Subsidiary accrued
     prior to the date it became a Restricted Subsidiary;
     
          (d)    net earnings and losses of any corporation (other  than  a
     Restricted  Subsidiary), substantially all the assets  of  which  have
     been  acquired  in  any  manner  by  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
     Subsidiary,  realized by such corporation prior to the  date  of  such
     acquisition;
     
          (e)    net earnings and losses of any corporation (other  than  a
     Restricted   Subsidiary)  with  which  the  Company  or  a  Restricted
     Subsidiary shall have consolidated or which shall have merged into  or
     with  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date of such
     consolidation or merger;
     
         (f)   net earnings of any business entity (other than a Restricted
     Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary  has  an
     ownership  interest unless such net earnings shall have actually  been
     received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the  form  of
     cash distributions;
     
         (g)   any portion of the net earnings of any Restricted Subsidiary
     which  for any reason is unavailable for payment of dividends  to  the
     Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
     
          (h)    earnings  resulting from any reappraisal,  revaluation  or
     write-up of assets;
     
          (i)   any deferred or other credit representing any excess of the
     equity  in any Subsidiary at the date of acquisition thereof over  the
     amount invested in such Subsidiary;
     
          (j)   any gain arising from the acquisition of any Securities  of
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
     
          (k)    any  reversal of any contingency reserve,  except  to  the
     extent  that  provision for such contingency reserve shall  have  been
     made from income arising during such period; and
     
         (l)   any other extraordinary gain or loss.
     
     "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  shall  mean,  as  of  the  date   of   any
determination  thereof, the amount of the capital stock  accounts  (net  of
treasury  stock,  at cost) plus (or minus in the case  of  a  deficit)  the
surplus   and   retained  earnings  of  the  Company  and  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries.
     
     "Consolidated Senior Funded Debt" shall mean all Senior Funded Debt of
the  Company  and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated
basis after eliminating intercompany items.
     
     "Consolidated  Tangible  Capitalization"  shall  mean   the   sum   of
(a) Consolidated Funded Debt, plus (b) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.
     
     "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, as of the  date  of  any
determination thereof, the sum of:
     
         (a)   Consolidated Net Worth;

Minus
     
          (b)   the net book value, after deducting any reserves applicable
     thereto, of all items of the following character which are included in
     the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to wit:
          
              (1)   the incremental increase in an asset resulting from any
          reappraisal, revaluation or write-up of assets; and
          
                (2)    (i)  unamortized  debt  discount  and  expense   and
          (ii)  goodwill,  organization or experimental expenses,  patents,
          patent    applications,   permits,   trademarks,   trade   names,
          copyrights,   licenses,   research  and   development   expenses,
          franchises and other like intangibles acquired by the Company  or
          any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (other
          than existing intangibles described on Schedule II hereto);

all determined in accordance with GAAP.
     
     "Consolidated  Total  Assets"  shall  mean  as  of  the  date  of  any
determination thereof the total amount of all assets of the Company and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries determined, on a consolidated basis, in accordance
with GAAP.
     
     "Default"  shall mean any event or condition the occurrence  of  which
would,  with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute
an Event of Default.
     
     "Environmental  Law" shall mean any past, present or  future  Federal,
state, local or foreign statutory or common law, and any regulation,  code,
plan,  order,  decree, judgment, court opinion, permit,  grant,  franchise,
concession,   restriction,   agreement  or  injunction   issued,   entered,
promulgated  or  approved under any thereof, in any such case  relating  to
(a)   the   environment  or  human  health  or  safety,  including  without
limitation,  any  law  relating  to  emissions,  discharges,  releases   or
threatened   releases   of  Hazardous  Substances  into   the   environment
(including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater or land) of
polychlorinated   biphenyls,  asbestos,  fractious   petroleum,   petroleum
derivatives  or by-products, or (b) the manufacture, generation,  refining,
processing,  distribution,  management,  use,  sale,  treatment,   receipt,
storage,  disposal,  transport, arranging for  transport,  or  handling  of
Hazardous  Substances,  including without limitation  the  following:   the
Comprehensive  Environmental Response, Compensation and  Liability  Act  of
1980,  as  amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization  Act  of
1986, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation
and  Recovery  Act of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments  of
1984,  the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the  Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1976, the
Safe Drinking Water Control Act, the Clean Air Act of 1966, as amended, the
Toxic  Substances Control Act of 1976, the Occupational Safety  and  Health
Act of 1977, as amended, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Act  of  1986,  the  National Environmental Policy Act  of  1975,  the  Oil
Pollution  Act of 1990 and any similar or implementing state law,  and  any
state  statute  and  any  further amendments to these  laws  providing  for
financial responsibility for cleanup or other actions with respect  to  the
release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances or crude oil, or  any
fraction  thereof  and  all  rules,  regulations,  guidance  documents  and
publication promulgated thereunder.
     
     "ERISA"  shall  mean the Employee Retirement Income  Security  Act  of
1974,  as  amended, and any successor statute of similar  import,  together
with  the  regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from  time  to
time.  References to sections of ERISA shall be construed to also refer  to
any successor sections.
     
     "ERISA  Affiliate" shall mean any corporation, trade or business  that
is,  along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations
or   a   controlled  group  of  trades  or  businesses,  as  described   in
section  414(b)  and 414(c), respectively, of the Code or Section  4001  of
ERISA.
     
     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in 6.1.
     
     "Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean on a consolidated basis  the
sum  of  (a) all Rentals (other than Rentals on Capitalized Leases) payable
during  such  period  by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries,  and
(b)  all  Interest  Charges  on all Indebtedness  (including  the  interest
component  of  Rentals  on  Capitalized Leases)  of  the  Company  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries payable during such period.
     
     "Funded  Debt" of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a)  all
Indebtedness  of such Person for borrowed money or which has been  incurred
in  connection with the acquisition of assets in each case having  a  final
maturity  of one or more than one year from the date of origin thereof  (or
which  is renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor for a period
or  periods  more  than  one year from the date of origin),  including  all
payments  in respect thereof that are required to be made within  one  year
from  the  date  of any determination of Funded Debt, whether  or  not  the
obligation  to make such payments shall constitute a current  liability  of
the  obligor  under GAAP, (b) all Rentals payable in respect of Capitalized
Leases  of  such  Person, (c) all Guaranties by such  Person  and  (d)  all
letters  of  credit by such Person (other than letters of  credit  used  to
finance  purchases of inventory in the ordinary course of business or  used
to  finance  the  cost of construction of improvements  to  property  which
property is otherwise subject to a construction contract).
     
     "Funding Subsidiary" shall have the meaning set forth in 9.8.
     
     "GAAP"  shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applicable
in the United States at the time in question.
     
     "Guaranties"  by  any  Person shall mean all obligations  (other  than
endorsements  in the ordinary course of business of negotiable  instruments
for  deposit  or  collection)  of such Person guaranteeing,  or  in  effect
guaranteeing, any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of  any  other
Person  (the  "primary  obligor")  in  any  manner,  whether  directly   or
indirectly, including, without limitation, all obligations incurred through
an  agreement,  contingent or otherwise, by such Person:  (a)  to  purchase
such  Indebtedness  or  obligation or any property or  assets  constituting
security  therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase  or
payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, (2) to maintain working capital
or other balance sheet conditions or otherwise to advance or make available
funds  for  the  purchase  or payment of such Indebtedness  or  obligation,
(c)  to  lease  property or to purchase Securities  or  other  property  or
services  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  assuring  the  owner  of   such
Indebtedness  or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor  to  make
payment  of the Indebtedness or obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure  the
owner of the Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss
in  respect thereof.  For the purposes of all computations made under  this
Agreement,  a  Guaranty in respect of any Indebtedness for  borrowed  money
shall  be deemed to be Indebtedness equal to the principal amount  of  such
Indebtedness for borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and  a  Guaranty
in  respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend  shall  be
deemed  to  be Indebtedness equal to the maximum aggregate amount  of  such
obligation, liability or dividend.
     
     "Hazardous Substance" shall mean any contaminant, pollutant  or  toxic
or  hazardous substance, and any substance that is defined or listed  as  a
hazardous, toxic or dangerous substance under any Environmental Law or that
is  otherwise  regulated  or prohibited under any Environmental  Law  as  a
hazardous, toxic or dangerous substance, including any substance which  is:
(a) defined as a hazardous substance under Section 311 of the Federal Water
Pollution  Control  Act (33 U.S.C. 1317) as amended;  (b)  regulated  as  a
hazardous  waste  under Section 1004 or Section 3001 of the  Federal  Solid
Waste  Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation  and  Recovery
Act  (42  U.S.C.  6901  et seq.), as amended; (c) defined  as  a  hazardous
substance  under  Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.),  as  amended,  or
(d)  defined or regulated as a hazardous substance or hazardous waste under
any rules or regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing statutes.
     
     "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean and include all obligations of
such  Person  which  in  accordance with GAAP shall be  classified  upon  a
balance  sheet  of such Person as liabilities of such Person,  and  in  any
event  shall include all (a) obligations of such Person for borrowed  money
evidenced  by bonds, debentures, notes or similar Securities or  which  has
been  incurred  in connection with the acquisition of property  or  assets,
(b) obligations secured by any Lien upon property, assets or services owned
by  such  Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become  liable
for  the  payment of such obligations, (c) obligations created  or  arising
under  any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect
to  property  acquired by such Person, notwithstanding the  fact  that  the
rights and remedies of the seller, lender or lessor under such agreement in
the  event  of  default are limited to repossession or  sale  of  property,
(d) Rentals payable in respect of Capitalized Leases, (e) letters of credit
by  such Person (other than letters of credit used to finance purchases  of
inventory in the ordinary course of business or used to finance the cost of
construction  of  improvements  to property  which  property  is  otherwise
subject  to a construction contract), and (f) Guaranties of obligations  of
others of the character referred to in this definition.
     
     "Institutional  Holder"  shall  mean any  of  the  following  Persons:
(a)  any  bank,  savings and loan association, savings  institution,  trust
company or national banking association, acting for its own account or in a
fiduciary  capacity,  (b)  any  charitable foundation,  (c)  any  insurance
company, (d) any fraternal benefit society, (e) any pension, retirement  or
profit sharing trust or fund within the meaning of Title I of ERISA or  for
which  any  bank, trust company, national banking association or investment
adviser  registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as  amended,
is  acting  as  trustee or agent, (f) any investment  company  or  business
development company, as defined in the Investment Company Act of  1940,  as
amended, (g) any small business investment company licensed under the Small
Business  Investment  Act of 1958, as amended, (h)  any  broker  or  dealer
registered  under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or  any
investment adviser registered under the Investment Adviser Act of 1940,  as
amended,  (i)  any government, any public employees' pension or  retirement
system, or any other government agency supervising the investment of public
funds,  (j)  any  venture capital operating company as defined  in  29  CFR
2510.3-101(d), (k) any other entity all of the equity owners of  which  are
Institutional  Holders  or (l) any other Person which  may  be  within  the
definition  of  "qualified institutional buyer" as such  term  is  used  in
Rule 144A, as from time to time in effect, promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
     
     "Interest  Charges"  for any period shall mean all  interest  and  all
amortization  of  debt discount and expense on any particular  Indebtedness
(including, without limitation, payment-in-kind, zero coupon and other like
Securities)  for  which such calculations are being made.  Computations  of
Interest  Charges on a pro forma basis for Indebtedness having  a  variable
interest rate shall be calculated at the rate in effect on the date of  any
determination.
     
     "Investments"  shall mean all investments, in cash or by  delivery  of
property   made,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  Person,  whether   by
acquisition  of shares of capital stock, Indebtedness or other  obligations
or Securities or by loan, advance, capital contribution or otherwise.
     
     "Lease"  shall  mean  any  lease  of  real  property  (other  than   a
Capitalized  Lease  and  any lease between the  Company  and  a  Restricted
Subsidiary  or  between  any  Restricted Subsidiaries)  regardless  of  the
duration of the term thereof and any lease of personal property (other than
a  Capitalized  Lease and any lease between the Company  and  a  Restricted
Subsidiary or between any Restricted Subsidiaries) having an original term,
including any period for which the lease may be renewed or extended at  the
option of the lessor, of more than three years.
     
     "Lien" shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed
to,  or  a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether
such  interest  is  based  on  the common law,  statute  or  contract,  and
including  but  not limited to the security interest lien  arising  from  a
mortgage,  encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale  or  trust  receipt  or  a
lease,  consignment  or bailment for security purposes.   The  term  "Lien"
shall include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-
way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions
and encumbrances (including, with respect to stock, stockholder agreements,
voting  trust agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar arrangements)
affecting property.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company  or  a
Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which
it  has  acquired  or  holds  subject  to  a  conditional  sale  agreement,
Capitalized  Lease  or other arrangement pursuant to  which  title  to  the
property  has been retained by or vested in some other Person for  security
purposes and such retention or vesting shall constitute a Lien.
     
     "Make-Whole  Amount" shall mean in connection with any  prepayment  or
acceleration of the Notes the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate  present
values as of the date of such prepayment of each dollar of principal  being
prepaid (taking into account the application of such prepayment required by
2.1, if any,) and the amount of interest (exclusive of interest accrued  to
the  date  of prepayment) that would have been payable in respect  of  such
dollar if such prepayment had not been made, determined by discounting such
amounts semiannually at the Reinvestment Rate from the respective dates  on
which  they would have been payable, over (b) 100% of the principal  amount
of  the  Notes being prepaid at the date such Notes are to be prepaid.   If
the  applicable Reinvestment Rate at the time of determination of the Make-
Whole Amount is equal to or higher than 6.44% in the case of any payment or
prepayment of the Series 1993-E Notes, 6.54% in the case of any payment  or
prepayment of the Series 1993-F Notes, 6.69% in the case of any payment  or
prepayment  of the Series 1993-G Notes or 6.94% in the case of any  payment
or  prepayment  of the Series 1993-H Notes, the Make-Whole Amount  for  any
payment or prepayment of Notes of such series is zero.  For purposes of any
determination of the Make-Whole Amount:
          
          "Reinvestment Rate" shall mean .50%, plus the yield reported,  as
     of  10:00  a.m.  (New York, New York time) on the  Business  Day  next
     preceding  the  date  of prepayment or payment of  the  Notes  on  the
     display  designated  as "Page 500" on the Telerate  Service  (or  such
     other  display as may replace "Page 500" on the Telerate Service)  for
     actively   traded   U.S.  Treasury  Securities   having   a   maturity
     corresponding to the series of Notes then being prepaid or paid as  of
     the  date  of  prepayment or payment or if such  yield  shall  not  be
     reported as of such time or if the yields reported as of such time are
     not  ascertainable in accordance with the preceding clause,  then  the
     arithmetic  mean of the yields for the two columns under  the  heading
     "Week  Ending" published in the Statistical Release under the  caption
     "Treasury  Constant  Maturities" for  the  maturity  (rounded  to  the
     nearest  month) corresponding to the Weighted Average Life to Maturity
     of the principal being prepaid (taking into account the application of
     such  prepayment  required by 2.1, if any).  If  no  maturity  exactly
     corresponds to such Weighted Average Life to Maturity, yields for  the
     published  maturity  next  longer than the Weighted  Average  Life  to
     Maturity and for the published maturity next shorter than the Weighted
     Average  Life to Maturity shall be calculated pursuant to the Telerate
     Service  or  the  Statistical Release, as the case  may  be,  and  the
     Reinvestment Rate shall be interpolated from such yields on a straight-
     line  basis, rounding in each of such relevant periods to the  nearest
     month.   For  the purposes of calculating the Reinvestment  Rate,  the
     most  recent  Statistical  Release published  prior  to  the  date  of
     determination  of the Make-Whole Amount shall be used if  required  by
     the first sentence of the definition of Reinvestment Rate.
          
          "Statistical Release" shall mean the then most recently published
     statistical   release   designated  "H.15(519)"   or   any   successor
     publication  which is published weekly by the Federal  Reserve  System
     and  which  establishes  yields  on actively  traded  U.S.  Government
     Securities  adjusted  to constant maturities or, if  such  statistical
     release  is  not published at the time of any determination hereunder,
     then  such other reasonably comparable index which shall be designated
     by  the  holders  of  66-2/3% in aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
     outstanding Notes.
          
          "Weighted  Average Life to Maturity" of the principal  amount  of
     the   Notes  being  prepaid  shall  mean,  as  of  the  time  of   any
     determination  thereof, the number of years obtained by  dividing  the
     then  Remaining Dollar-Years of such principal by the aggregate amount
     of   such  principal.   The  term  "Remaining  Dollar-Years"  of  such
     principal  shall mean the amount obtained by (1) multiplying  (i)  the
     remainder of (A) the amount of principal that would have become due on
     each scheduled payment date if such prepayment had not been made, less
     (B)  the amount of principal on the Notes scheduled to become  due  on
     such  date  after giving effect to such prepayment and the application
     thereof in accordance with the provisions of 2.1, if any, by (ii)  the
     number  of  years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth)  which  will
     elapse  between  the date of determination and such scheduled  payment
     date, and (2) totalling the products obtained in (1).
     
     "Management" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(c).
     
     "Minority Interests" shall mean any shares of stock of any class of  a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares as  required
by  law)  that  are  not owned by the Company and/or one  or  more  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries.  Minority Interests shall be  valued  by  valuing
Minority  Interests  constituting  preferred  stock  at  the  voluntary  or
involuntary  liquidating  value  of  such  preferred  stock,  whichever  is
greater, and by valuing Minority Interests constituting common stock at the
book  value  of  capital  and  surplus  applicable  thereto  adjusted,   if
necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of such common  stock
required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests in preferred
stock.
     
     "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.
     
     "Net Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean the
sum  of  (a) Consolidated Net Income during such period plus (to the extent
deducted  in  determining Consolidated Net Income), (b) all provisions  for
any  Federal,  state  or other income taxes made by  the  Company  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries during such period and (c) Fixed  Charges  of  the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.
     
     "Notes" shall have the meaning set forth in 1.1.
     
     "Noteholder Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(a).
     
     "Overdue  Rate" shall mean (a) in the case of the Series 1993-E  Notes
8.44%, (b) in the case of the Series 1993-F Notes 8.54% (c) in the case  of
the  Series  1993-G  Notes 8.69% and (d) in the case of the  Series  1993-H
Notes 8.94%.
     
     "PBGC"  means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any  entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.
     
     "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, trust  or
unincorporated  organization,  and  a government  or  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof.
     
     "Plan"  means  a  "pension plan," as such term is  defined  in  ERISA,
established or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate  or  as  to
which  the  Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributed or is  a  member  or
otherwise may have any liability.
     
     "Pro Forma Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean, as of the date of
any  determination thereof, the maximum aggregate amount of  Fixed  Charges
which  would  have  become  payable  by  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  in such period determined on a pro forma basis giving  effect
as  of  the  beginning of such period to the incurrence of any Funded  Debt
thereof  (including  Rentals  on Capitalized  Leases)  and  the  concurrent
retirement  of  outstanding Funded Debt or termination of  any  Capitalized
Leases thereof.
     
     "Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in 1.1.
     
     "Rentals"  shall mean and include as of the date of any  determination
thereof all fixed payments (including as such all payments which the lessee
is  obligated  to  make  to  the  lessor on termination  of  the  Lease  or
Capitalized Lease or surrender of the property) payable by the Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary, as lessee or sublessee under a Lease or Capitalized
Lease  of real or personal property (less, in the case of any determination
of  Fixed  Charges,  any rents received by the Company or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary  as  sublessor  under any sublease of  the  same  such  real  or
personal  property).   Fixed rents under any so-called "percentage  leases"
shall  be  computed  solely  on the basis of the  minimum  rents,  if  any,
required  to  be  paid by the lessee regardless of sales  volume  or  gross
revenues.
     
     "Reportable Event" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.
     
     "Responsible Officer" shall mean the Chairman of the Board  and  Chief
Executive  Officer,  the  President and the Chief  Operating  Officer,  the
Executive  Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer or the  Senior  Vice
President, Finance and Treasurer of the Company.
     
     "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean each Subsidiary (a) 80% or more (by
number  of  votes) of the Voting Stock of which is legally and beneficially
owned  by the Company, (b) which conducts substantially all of its business
and  has  substantially  all  of its assets within  the  United  States  of
America, (c) which is organized under the laws of the United States or  any
State  thereof  and  (d) which has not been designated as  an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  on Schedule III attached hereto or in accordance with  5.10  of
this Agreement.
     
     "Security"  shall  have the same meaning as in  Section  2(1)  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     
     "Senior  Funded Debt" shall mean all Consolidated Funded  Debt,  other
than Subordinated Funded Debt.
     
     "Significant   Restricted  Subsidiary"  shall  mean  each   Restricted
Subsidiary which meets any of the following conditions:
     
          (a)    the  Company's  and  its  other  Restricted  Subsidiaries'
     Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary exceed the lesser of  1%  of
     the  Consolidated  Total Assets as of the end  of  the  most  recently
     completed fiscal year or $1,000,000; or
     
          (b)    the  Company's  and  its  other  Restricted  Subsidiaries'
     proportionate   share   of   the  total  assets   (after   eliminating
     intercompany  items)  of  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  determined  in
     accordance  with  GAAP exceeds the lesser of 1%  of  the  Consolidated
     Total Assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal  year
     or $1,000,000; or
     
          (c)   the Company's and its other Restricted Subsidiaries' equity
     in   the  income  from  continuing  operations  before  income  taxes,
     extraordinary  items and cumulative effect of a change  in  accounting
     principle of such Restricted Subsidiary exceeds the lesser  of  1%  of
     such  income  of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  for  the
     most recently completed fiscal year or $1,000,000.
     
     "Smith Family" shall have the meaning set forth in 2.3(c).
     
     "Subordinated Funded Debt" shall mean all unsecured Funded Debt of the
Company which (a) has a final maturity later than December 1, 2015, (b)  is
not  subject to repayment prior to December 1, 2015, whether by means of  a
sinking  fund, periodic maturities, required prepayments or other analogous
payments  or  otherwise,  (c)  by  its  express  terms  prohibits  optional
prepayments in whole or in part prior to December 1, 2015 and (d) is at all
times   evidenced  by  a  written  instrument  or  instruments   containing
subordination provisions substantially in the form set forth in  Exhibit  F
attached   hereto  providing  for  the  subordination  thereof   to   other
Indebtedness of the Company, including, without limitation, the  Notes,  or
such  other provisions as may be approved in writing by the holders of  not
less than 100% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
     
     The   term  "subsidiary"  shall  mean  as  to  any  particular  parent
corporation any corporation of which more than 50% (by number of votes)  of
the  Voting  Stock shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,  by
such parent corporation.  The term "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary  of
the Company.
     
     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  shall mean any  Subsidiary  or  Restricted
Subsidiary  which is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary  in  Schedule
III attached hereto or in accordance with 5.10 of this Agreement.
     
     "Voting  Stock"  shall mean Securities of any class  or  classes,  the
holders  of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled
to  elect  a  majority  of the corporate directors (or  Persons  performing
similar functions).
     
     "Wholly-owned" when used in connection with any Subsidiary shall  mean
a  Subsidiary  of which all of the issued and outstanding shares  of  stock
(except   shares  required  as  directors'  qualifying  shares)   and   all
Indebtedness  for borrowed money of such Subsidiary shall be owned  by  the
Company and/or one or more of its Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

Section8.2.Accounting Principles.  Where the character  or  amount  of  any
asset  or  liability  or  item  of income or  expense  is  required  to  be
determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required
to  be  made for the purposes of this Agreement, the same shall be done  in
accordance  with  GAAP,  to  the  extent  applicable,  except  where   such
principles are inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement.

Section8.3.Directly or Indirectly.  Where any provision in  this  Agreement
refers  to  action  to  be taken by any Person, or  which  such  Person  is
prohibited  from  taking, such provision shall be  applicable  whether  the
action in question is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.


Section9.Miscellaneous.

Section9.1.Registered Notes.  The Company shall cause to  be  kept  at  its
principal office a register for the registration and transfer of the Notes,
and  the  Company  will register or transfer or cause to be  registered  or
transferred,  as  hereinafter provided any Note  issued  pursuant  to  this
Agreement.
     
     At  any  time and from time to time the holder of any Note  which  has
been  duly  registered as hereinabove provided may transfer such Note  upon
surrender  thereof at the principal office of the Company duly endorsed  or
accompanied  by  a  written instrument of transfer  duly  executed  by  the
registered holder of such Note or its attorney duly authorized in writing.
     
     The  Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed
and  treated  as  the  owner and holder thereof for all  purposes  of  this
Agreement.  Payment of or on account of the principal, premium, if any, and
interest  on  any Note shall be made to or upon the written order  of  such
registered holder.

Section9.2.Exchange of Notes.  At any time and from time to time, upon  not
less  than ten days' notice to that effect given by the holder of any  Note
initially  delivered or of any Note substituted therefor pursuant  to  9.1,
this  9.2  or  9.3,  and, upon surrender of such Note at  its  office,  the
Company  will deliver in exchange therefor, without expense to such holder,
except  as set forth below, a Note for the same aggregate principal  amount
as the then unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered, or Notes in
the  denomination  of $100,000 (or such lesser amount as  shall  constitute
100%  of the Notes of such holder) or any amount in excess thereof as  such
holder shall specify, dated as of the date to which interest has been  paid
on the Note so surrendered or, if such surrender is prior to the payment of
any interest thereon, then dated as of the date of issue, registered in the
name  of  such Person or Persons as may be designated by such  holder,  and
otherwise  of  the  same  form and tenor as the Notes  so  surrendered  for
exchange.  The Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any  stamp  tax  or  governmental  charge imposed  upon  such  exchange  or
transfer.

Section9.3.Loss,   Theft,  Etc.  of  Notes.   Upon  receipt   of   evidence
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss, theft, mutilation or  destruction
of  any  Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction  upon
delivery  of  a  bond  of indemnity in such form and  amount  as  shall  be
reasonably  satisfactory to the Company, or in the event of such mutilation
upon  surrender  and cancellation of the Note, the Company  will  make  and
deliver  without expense to the holder thereof, a new Note, of like  tenor,
in  lieu  of  such  lost,  stolen, destroyed or  mutilated  Note.   If  the
Purchaser or any subsequent Institutional Holder is the owner of  any  such
lost, stolen or destroyed Note, then the affidavit of an authorized officer
of  such owner, setting forth the fact of loss, theft or destruction and of
its  ownership of such Note at the time of such loss, theft or  destruction
shall be accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof and no further indemnity
shall  be  required as a condition to the execution and delivery of  a  new
Note  other  than  the  written agreement of such owner  to  indemnify  the
Company.

Section9.4.Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity.  Whether or not the  transactions
herein  contemplated  shall  be consummated,  the  Company  agrees  to  pay
directly  all  of  your  out-of-pocket  expenses  in  connection  with  the
preparation,  execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated  hereby, including but not limited to the  reasonable  charges
and  disbursements of Chapman and Cutler, your special counsel, duplicating
and  printing costs and charges for shipping the Notes, adequately  insured
to you at your home office or at such other place as you may designate, and
all  such expenses relating to any amendments, waivers or consents pursuant
to the provisions hereof (whether or not the same are actually executed and
delivered),  including,  without limitation, any  amendments,  waivers,  or
consents  resulting  from  any  work-out,  renegotiation  or  restructuring
relating  to the performance by the Company of its obligations  under  this
Agreement  and  the  Notes.   The Company also  agrees  to  pay  reasonable
attorney's  fees  incurred  by  a holder of the  Notes  in  evaluating  any
controversy  and  enforcing such holders rights  and  remedies  under  this
Agreement.  The Company also agrees that it will pay and save you  harmless
against  any  and all liability with respect to stamp and other  taxes,  if
any,  which  may  be payable or which may be determined to  be  payable  in
connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the  Notes,
whether  or  not  any Notes are then outstanding.  The  Company  agrees  to
protect  and indemnify you against any liability for any and all  brokerage
fees  and  commissions payable or claimed to be payable to  any  Person  in
connection  with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.   Without
limiting the foregoing, the Company agrees to pay the cost of obtaining the
private  placement  numbers for each series of  Notes  and  authorizes  the
submission  of  such information as may be required by  Standard  &  Poor's
CUSIP Service Bureau for the purposes of obtaining such numbers.

Section9.5.Powers and Rights Not Waived; Remedies Cumulative.  No delay  or
failure on the part of the holder of any Note in the exercise of any  power
or right shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of the same preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the
exercise  of any other power or right, and the rights and remedies  of  the
holder  of any Note are cumulative to, and are not exclusive of, any rights
or remedies any such holder would otherwise have.

Section9.6.Notices.  All communications provided for hereunder shall be  in
writing  and, if to you, delivered by facsimile communication and delivered
or mailed prepaid by registered or certified mail or overnight air courier,
in  each case addressed to you at your address appearing on Schedule  I  to
this Agreement or such other address as you or the subsequent holder of any
Note  initially issued to you may designate to the Company in writing,  and
if  to the Company, delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail  or
overnight  air  courier, or by facsimile communication, to the  Company  at
1550 South Redwood Road, Salt Lake City, Utah  84104, Attention:  Executive
Vice President, Corporate Planning and Development or to such other address
as the Company may in writing designate to you or to a subsequent holder of
the  Note initially issued to you; provided, however, that a notice to  you
by  overnight air courier shall only be effective if delivered to you at  a
street  address designated for such purpose in Schedule I, and a notice  to
you by facsimile communication shall only be effective if made by confirmed
transmission  to you at a telephone number designated for such  purpose  in
Schedule  I, or, in either case, as you or a subsequent holder of any  Note
initially issued to you may designate to the Company in writing.

Section9.7.Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall  be  binding  upon
the  Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to your benefit
and  to  the  benefit  of  your  successors  and  assigns,  including  each
successive holder or holders of any Notes.

Section9.8.Substitution  of  Purchaser.   You  shall  have  the  right   to
substitute one of your wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Funding Subsidiary")
as  the  purchaser  of the Notes to be purchased by you by  written  notice
delivered  to  the Company, which notice shall be signed  by  you  and  the
Funding  Subsidiary,  shall  be accompanied  by  the  Funding  Subsidiary's
agreement  to  be  bound  by this Agreement and by a  confirmation  by  the
Funding   Subsidiary  of  the  accuracy  with  respect   to   it   of   the
representations  set  forth in 3.2 (subject to any exception  necessary  to
reflect  the  intention, if any, of such Funding Subsidiary to transfer  to
you at a subsequent date all or any portion of the Notes to be purchased by
it).   The  Company agrees that, upon receipt of such notice, wherever  the
words "you" or "Purchaser" are used in this Agreement, such words shall  be
deemed  to  refer  to the Funding Subsidiary in lieu of you.   The  Company
understands  that  in the event the Funding Subsidiary shall  purchase  the
Notes,  shortly  after  the  purchase  of  the  Notes  and  pursuant  to  a
registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as  amended,
or  in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of such Act,
the  Funding  Subsidiary may transfer the Notes  to  you  or  one  of  your
affiliates,  whereupon wherever the word "you" is used  in  this  Agreement
(other  than this 9.8) such words shall be deemed to refer to you  or  such
affiliate, as the case may be, in lieu of the Funding Subsidiary.

Section9.9.Survival  of  Covenants  and  Representations.   All  covenants,
representations  and  warranties made by the  Company  herein  and  in  any
certificates  delivered pursuant hereto, whether or not in connection  with
the  Closing  Date,  shall survive the closing and  the  delivery  of  this
Agreement and the Notes.

Section9.10.Severability.  Should any part of this Agreement for any reason
be  declared invalid or unenforceable, such decision shall not  affect  the
validity  or  enforceability  of  any remaining  portion,  which  remaining
portion  shall  remain in force and effect as if this  Agreement  had  been
executed  with the invalid or unenforceable portion thereof eliminated  and
it  is  hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would
have  executed  the  remaining portion of this Agreement without  including
therein  any  such  part, parts or portion which may, for  any  reason,  be
hereafter declared invalid or unenforceable.

Section9.11.Governing Law.  This Agreement and the Notes  issued  and  sold
hereunder  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with  internal
laws of the State of New York law without regard to its conflict of laws.

Section9.12.Submission  to  Jurisdiction.   The  Company  hereby  expressly
waives all right to object to jurisdiction or execution in any legal action
or  proceeding relating to this Agreement or the Notes which it may now  or
hereafter have by reason of its domicile or by reason of any subsequent  or
other  domicile.   The Company agrees that any legal action  or  proceeding
with respect to this Agreement or any Note, or any instrument, agreement or
document  mentioned  or  contemplated herein, or to  enforce  any  judgment
obtained against the Company in any such legal action or proceeding against
it or any of its properties or revenues may be brought by the holder of any
Note  in  the  courts of the State of New York or of the United  States  of
America located in New York, New York, as the holder of any Note may elect,
and  by  execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company  irrevocably
submits to each such jurisdiction for such purpose only.
     
     In  addition,  the  Company hereby, to the extent  not  prohibited  by
applicable law, irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection  which
it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid
actions,  suits  or proceedings arising out of or in connection  with  this
Agreement or the Notes brought in any of the aforesaid courts, and  hereby,
to  the  extent  not prohibited by applicable law, further irrevocably  and
unconditionally  waives  and agrees not to plead or  claim  that  any  such
action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum.

Section9.13.Reproduction  of Documents.  This  Agreement  and  all  related
documents, including (a) consents, waivers and modifications which  may  be
subsequently be executed, (b) documents received by you at the  closing  of
your purchase of the Notes (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial
statements,  certificates and other information previously or  subsequently
furnished   to   you,  may  be  reproduced  by  you  by  any  photographic,
photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar
process  and  you  may destroy any original document  so  reproduced.   The
Company  agrees  and stipulates that any such reproduction  shall,  to  the
extent  permitted  by  applicable law, be admissible  in  evidence  as  the
original  itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding  (whether  or
not  the  original is in existence and whether or not the reproduction  was
made  by  you  in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement,
facsimile  or  further reproduction of the reproduction shall  likewise  be
admissible in evidence.

Section9.14.Captions.  The descriptive headings of the various Sections  or
parts  of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect  the
meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
     
     The execution hereof by you shall constitute a contract between us for
the  uses  and  purposes hereinabove set forth, and this Agreement  may  be
executed   in   any  number  of  counterparts,  each  executed  counterpart
constituting an original but all together only one agreement.

                                    Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.


                                    By
                                      Its

Accepted as of December 3, 1993.

                                      [Variation]



                                      By
                                                                     Its



                                      [By
                                                                     Its]
                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
                                     
                                     
                     6.44% Senior Note, Series 1993-E,
                           Due December 1, 2005
                                     
                                     
No. 1993-ER-                                              PPN 83205* BH 1
                                                         ____________, ____
$
     
     Smith's  Food  &  Drug  Centers, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to



                           or registered assigns
                    on the first day of December, 2005
                          the principal amount of


                                                      Dollars ($        )
and  to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day  months)  on  the principal amount from time to time  remaining  unpaid
hereon  at the rate of 6.44% per annum from the date hereof until maturity,
payable  semi-annually on the first day of each June and December  in  each
year  (commencing  on the first such day after the date of  issue)  and  at
maturity.   The  Company  agrees  to  pay  interest  on  overdue  principal
(including  any overdue optional prepayment of principal) and  premium,  if
any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment  of
interest,  at  the rate of 8.44% per annum after the due date,  whether  by
acceleration or otherwise, until paid.
     
     Both  the  principal  hereof and interest hereon are  payable  at  the
principal office of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah in coin or currency
of the United States of America which at the time of payment shall be legal
tender  for  the  payment of public and private debts.  If  any  amount  of
principal,  premium,  if any, or interest on or in  respect  of  this  Note
becomes  due  and  payable on any date which is not a  Business  Day,  such
amount  shall  be  payable  on  the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day  on
which  banks in New York, New York or Salt Lake City, Utah are required  by
law to close.
     
     This  Note  is  one  of the Company's $81,000,000 aggregate  principal
amount  6.44%  Senior  Notes, Series 1993-E,  due  December  1,  2005  (the
"Series  1993-E  Notes")  which  together with  the  Company's  $21,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.54%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-F,   due
December  1,  2007  (the "Series 1993-F Notes"), the Company's  $35,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.69%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-G,   due
December  1, 2010 (the "Series 1993-G Notes") and the Company's $13,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.94%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-H,   due
December  1,  2015  (the "Series 1993-H Notes", said  Series  1993-H  Notes
together  with  the  Series 1993-E Notes the Series 1993-F  Notes  and  the
1993-G  Notes  are  hereinafter referred to collectively  as  the  "Notes")
issued  or  to be issued under and pursuant to the terms and provisions  of
the   separate  Note  Agreements,  each  dated  as  of  November  1,   1993
(collectively, the "Note Agreements"), entered into by the Company with the
original Purchasers therein referred to and this Note and the holder hereof
are  entitled  equally  and ratably with the holders  of  all  other  Notes
outstanding  under  the  Note Agreements to all the benefits  provided  for
thereby  or  referred to therein.  Reference is hereby  made  to  the  Note
Agreements for a statement of such rights and benefits.
     
     This  Note  and the other Notes outstanding under the Note  Agreements
may  be  declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates  and  certain
prepayments  are  required to be made thereon, all in the  events,  on  the
terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreements.
     
     The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option of
the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms and
conditions  and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set  forth  in
the Note Agreements.
     
     This  Note  is  registered  on  the  books  of  the  Company  and   is
transferable  only  by  surrender thereof at the principal  office  of  the
Company  duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument  of  transfer
duly  executed  by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney  duly
authorized in writing.  Payment of or on account of principal, premium,  if
any,  and interest on this Note shall be made only to or upon the order  in
writing of the registered holder.
     
     This  Note  and said Note Agreements are governed by and construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York without  regard
to its conflict of laws.

                                    Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.



                                    By
                                      Its
                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
                                     
                                     
                     6.54% Senior Note, Series 1993-F,
                           Due December 1, 2007
                                     
                                     
No. 1993-FR-                                              PPN 83205* BJ 7
                                                         ____________, ____
$
     
     Smith's  Food  &  Drug  Centers, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to



                           or registered assigns
                    on the first day of December, 2007
                          the principal amount of


                                                      Dollars ($        )
and  to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day  months)  on  the principal amount from time to time  remaining  unpaid
hereon  at the rate of 6.54% per annum from the date hereof until maturity,
payable  semi-annually on the first day of each June and December  in  each
year  (commencing  on the first such day after the date of  issue)  and  at
maturity.   The  Company  agrees  to  pay  interest  on  overdue  principal
(including  any  overdue required or optional prepayment of principal)  and
premium,  if  any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on  any  overdue
installment of interest, at the rate of 8.54% per annum after the due date,
whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid.
     
     Both  the  principal  hereof and interest hereon are  payable  at  the
principal office of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah in coin or currency
of the United States of America which at the time of payment shall be legal
tender  for  the  payment of public and private debts.  If  any  amount  of
principal,  premium,  if any, or interest on or in  respect  of  this  Note
becomes  due  and  payable on any date which is not a  Business  Day,  such
amount  shall  be  payable  on  the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day  on
which  banks in New York, New York or Salt Lake City, Utah are required  by
law to close.
     
     This  Note  is  one  of the Company's $21,000,000 aggregate  principal
amount  6.54%  Senior  Notes, Series 1993-F,  due  December  1,  2007  (the
"Series  1993-F  Notes")  which  together with  the  Company's  $81,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.44%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-E,   due
December  1,  2005  (the "Series 1993-E Notes"), the Company's  $35,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.69%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-G,   due
December  1, 2010 (the "Series 1993-G Notes") and the Company's $13,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.94%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-H,   due
December  1,  2015  (the "Series 1993-H Notes", said  Series  1993-H  Notes
together  with  the Series 1993-E Notes, the Series 1993-F  Notes  and  the
Series  1993-G  Notes  are  hereinafter referred  to  collectively  as  the
"Notes")  issued  under  and pursuant to the terms and  provisions  of  the
separate  Note Agreements, each dated as of November 1, 1993 (collectively,
the  "Note  Agreements"),  entered into by the Company  with  the  original
Purchasers  therein  referred to and this Note and the  holder  hereof  are
entitled  equally  and  ratably  with  the  holders  of  all  other   Notes
outstanding  under  the  Note Agreements to all the benefits  provided  for
thereby  or  referred to therein.  Reference is hereby  made  to  the  Note
Agreements for a statement of such rights and benefits.
     
     This  Note  and the other Notes outstanding under the Note  Agreements
may  be  declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates  and  certain
prepayments  are  required to be made thereon, all in the  events,  on  the
terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreements.
     
     The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option of
the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms and
conditions  and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set  forth  in
the Note Agreements.
     
     This  Note  is  registered  on  the  books  of  the  Company  and   is
transferable  only  by  surrender thereof at the principal  office  of  the
Company  duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument  of  transfer
duly  executed  by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney  duly
authorized in writing.  Payment of or on account of principal, premium,  if
any,  and interest on this Note shall be made only to or upon the order  in
writing of the registered holder.
     
     This  Note  and said Note Agreements are governed by and construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York without  regard
to its conflict of laws.

                                    Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.



                                    By
                                      Its
                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
                                     
                                     
                     6.69% Senior Note, Series 1993-G,
                           Due December 1, 2010
                                     
                                     
No. 1993-GR__                                             PPN 83205* BK 4
                                                         ____________, ____
$
     
     Smith's  Food  &  Drug  Centers, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to



                           or registered assigns
                    on the first day of December, 2010
                          the principal amount of


                                                      Dollars ($        )
and  to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day  months)  on  the principal amount from time to time  remaining  unpaid
hereon  at the rate of 6.69% per annum from the date hereof until maturity,
payable  semi-annually on the first day of each June and December  in  each
year  (commencing  on the first such day after the date of  issue)  and  at
maturity.   The  Company  agrees  to  pay  interest  on  overdue  principal
(including  any overdue optional prepayment of principal) and  premium,  if
any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment  of
interest,  at  the rate of 8.69% per annum after the due date,  whether  by
acceleration or otherwise, until paid.
     
     Both  the  principal  hereof and interest hereon are  payable  at  the
principal office of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah in coin or currency
of the United States of America which at the time of payment shall be legal
tender  for  the  payment of public and private debts.  If  any  amount  of
principal,  premium,  if any, or interest on or in  respect  of  this  Note
becomes  due  and  payable on any date which is not a  Business  Day,  such
amount  shall  be  payable  on  the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day  on
which  banks in New York, New York or Salt Lake City, Utah are required  by
law to close.
     
     This  Note  is  one  of the Company's $35,000,000 aggregate  principal
amount  6.69%  Senior  Notes, Series 1993-G,  due  December  1,  2010  (the
"Series  1993-G  Notes")  which  together with  the  Company's  $81,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.44%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-E,   due
December  1,  2005  (the "Series 1993-E Notes"), the Company's  $21,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.54%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-F,   due
December  1, 2007 (the "Series 1993-F Notes") and the Company's $13,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.94%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-H,   due
December  1,  2015  (the "Series 1993-H Notes", said  Series  1993-H  Notes
together  with  the Series 1993-E Notes, the Series 1993-F  Notes  and  the
Series  1993-G  Notes  are  hereinafter referred  to  collectively  as  the
"Notes")  issued  or  to  be issued under and pursuant  to  the  terms  and
provisions  of the separate Note Agreements, each dated as of  November  1,
1993  (collectively, the "Note Agreements"), entered into  by  the  Company
with  the  original Purchasers therein referred to and this  Note  and  the
holder  hereof  are entitled equally and ratably with the  holders  of  all
other  Notes  outstanding under the Note Agreements  to  all  the  benefits
provided for thereby or referred to therein.  Reference is hereby  made  to
the Note Agreements for a statement of such rights and benefits.
     
     This  Note  and the other Notes outstanding under the Note  Agreements
may  be  declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates  and  certain
prepayments  are  required to be made thereon, all in the  events,  on  the
terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreements.
     
     The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option of
the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms and
conditions  and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set  forth  in
the Note Agreements.
     
     This  Note  is  registered  on  the  books  of  the  Company  and   is
transferable  only  by  surrender thereof at the principal  office  of  the
Company  duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument  of  transfer
duly  executed  by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney  duly
authorized in writing.  Payment of or on account of principal, premium,  if
any,  and interest on this Note shall be made only to or upon the order  in
writing of the registered holder.
     
     This  Note  and said Note Agreements are governed by and construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York without  regard
to its conflict of laws.

                                    Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.



                                    By
                                      Its
                     Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
                                     
                                     
                     6.94% Senior Note, Series 1993-H,
                           Due December 1, 2015
                                     
                                     
No. 1993-1HR-                                             PPN 83205* BL 2
                                                         ____________, ____
$
     
     Smith's  Food  &  Drug  Centers, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to



                           or registered assigns
                    on the first day of December, 2015
                          the principal amount of


                                                      Dollars ($        )
and  to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day  months)  on  the principal amount from time to time  remaining  unpaid
hereon  at the rate of 6.94% per annum from the date hereof until maturity,
payable  semi-annually on the first day of each June and December  in  each
year  (commencing  on the first such day after the date of  issue)  and  at
maturity.   The  Company  agrees  to  pay  interest  on  overdue  principal
(including  any overdue optional prepayment of principal) and  premium,  if
any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any overdue installment  of
interest,  at  the rate of 8.94% per annum after the due date,  whether  by
acceleration or otherwise, until paid.
     
     Both  the  principal  hereof and interest hereon are  payable  at  the
principal office of the Company in Salt Lake City, Utah in coin or currency
of the United States of America which at the time of payment shall be legal
tender  for  the  payment of public and private debts.  If  any  amount  of
principal,  premium,  if any, or interest on or in  respect  of  this  Note
becomes  due  and  payable on any date which is not a  Business  Day,  such
amount  shall  be  payable  on  the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day  on
which  banks in New York, New York or Salt Lake City, Utah are required  by
law to close.
     
     This  Note  is  one  of the Company's $13,000,000 aggregate  principal
amount  6.94%  Senior  Notes, Series 1993-H,  due  December  1,  2015  (the
"Series  1993-H  Notes")  which  together with  the  Company's  $81,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.44%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-E,   due
December  1,  2005  (the "Series 1993-E Notes"), the Company's  $21,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.54%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-F,   due
December  1, 2007 (the "Series 1993-F Notes") and the Company's $35,000,000
aggregate   principal  amount  6.69%  Senior  Notes,  Series  1993-G,   due
December  1,  2010  (the "Series 1993-G Notes", said  Series  1993-G  Notes
together  with  the Series 1993-E Notes, the Series 1993-F  Notes  and  the
Series  1993-H  Notes  are  hereinafter referred  to  collectively  as  the
"Notes")  issued  or  to  be issued under and pursuant  to  the  terms  and
provisions  of the separate Note Agreements, each dated as of  November  1,
1993  (collectively, the "Note Agreements"), entered into  by  the  Company
with  the  original Purchasers therein referred to and this  Note  and  the
holder  hereof  are entitled equally and ratably with the  holders  of  all
other  Notes  outstanding under the Note Agreements  to  all  the  benefits
provided for thereby or referred to therein.  Reference is hereby  made  to
the Note Agreements for a statement of such rights and benefits.
     
     This  Note  and the other Notes outstanding under the Note  Agreements
may  be  declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates  and  certain
prepayments  are  required to be made thereon, all in the  events,  on  the
terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreements.
     
     The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option of
the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms and
conditions  and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set  forth  in
the Note Agreements.
     
     This  Note  is  registered  on  the  books  of  the  Company  and   is
transferable  only  by  surrender thereof at the principal  office  of  the
Company  duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument  of  transfer
duly  executed  by the registered holder of this Note or its attorney  duly
authorized in writing.  Payment of or on account of principal, premium,  if
any,  and interest on this Note shall be made only to or upon the order  in
writing of the registered holder.
     
     This  Note  and said Note Agreements are governed by and construed  in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of New York without  regard
to its conflict of laws.

                                    Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.



                                    By
                                      Its
                                    


                                                               EXHIBIT 13.1
                                     
        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                         AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                                     
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales
   Net sales increased 5.9% in 1993, 19.5% in 1992 and 9.2% in 1991
compared with the respective prior years.  Since 1992 included 53 weeks
compared to 52 weeks in 1993 and 1991, the increase in net sales would have
been 8% in 1993 and 18% in 1992 after adjusting for the extra week.  New
stores increased net sales by 6.6% in 1993, 18.8% in 1992 and 8.1% in 1991.
The fluctuation in sales increases from new stores resulted primarily from
the timing of store openings within the respective years.  Same store sales
decreased 0.7% in 1993 and increased 0.7% in 1992 and 1.1% in 1991 compared
with the respective prior years.  The decrease in same store sales in 1993
was caused primarily by the effect on sales in Southern California due to
the continuing recession in this market, heavy price competition in Utah
resulting from the Company's aggressive pricing program  and new stores
opened by competitors.  To the extent these conditions persist, the
weakness in same store sales may continue.  The increases in same store
sales in 1992 and 1991 were generated as new stores opened in previous
years continued to mature in their markets and as volume increased as a
result of the Company's everyday low price policy.
   The Company opened 11 stores during 1993, 12 stores during 1992 and 17
stores during 1991.  Retail square footage increased to 8,501,000 square
feet at the end of 1993 (129 stores) from 7,668,000 square feet at the end
of 1992 (119 stores) and 6,773,000 square feet at the end of 1991 (109
stores).  Due to market conditions and current recessionary pressures in
its expansion area, the Company is moderating its expansion plans. In 1994
and 1995, the Company anticipates opening 10 to 12 stores each year with
continuing emphasis in Southern California.  New stores opened by the
Company in recent years have averaged approximately 75,000 square feet.
Stores expected to be opened during 1994 range from 45,000 to 82,000 square
feet.  Future stores primarily will range from 54,000 to 66,000 square
feet, although a few larger stores will be opened where appropriate.

Gross Margin
   Gross margins during 1993, 1992 and 1991 were 22.5%, 22.9% and 22.3%,
respectively.  The decrease in 1993 was caused primarily by the Company's
aggressive Utah pricing program, which commenced in July 1993.  To
reinforce the Company's everyday low price program, prices in Utah stores
were lowered on more than 10,000 grocery, meat and produce items.
Management anticipates that this new pricing program will enhance long term
earnings potential.  However, in the near term, both gross margins and net
income are expected to be under pressure as the Company continues to build
sales volume.  The improvements in gross margins in 1992 and 1991 were due
to the further maturing of new and existing store marketing areas, a shift
in product mix to private label and other higher margin products in the
Company's specialty departments and continuing improvements in backstage
efficiencies.
   Gross margins also have been and are expected to be affected by the
Company's expansion program.  The stores in Southern California tend to
operate at higher gross margins to offset higher real estate, operating and
labor costs.  Additionally, the new 1,000,000 square foot distribution
center in Riverside, California , including a dairy processing plant, was
completed and began operations in late 1993.  This new center is expected
to increase gross margins in the Southern California region through
backstage efficiencies and reduced shipping expenses. However, the Company
anticipates that new stores recently opened and the planned new stores in
Southern California will apply pressure on the Company's gross margins
until the stores become established in their respective markets.
   In 1992 the Company adopted the last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost method
for valuing inventories.  The adoption of LIFO did not have a material
effect on the 1992 financial statements.  The pretax LIFO charge was $1.6
million in 1993.  There were no LIFO charges or credits in 1992.

Operating, Selling and Administrative Expenses
   Operating, selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales
were 15.3% in 1993, 15.8% in 1992 and 15.5% in 1991. The decrease in 1993,
resulting primarily from the Company's aggressive program to reduce
operating costs, was somewhat offset by the higher operating costs
associated with continued expansion into Southern California.  The increase
in 1992 was caused mainly by the higher operating costs incurred by the
stores in the Southern California market.  The Company anticipates that the
new and planned stores in Southern California will increase operating,
selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales until
anticipated economies of scale are realized.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased 22.0% in 1993, 38.9% in
1992 and 19.1% in 1991 over the respective prior years due to the addition
of new combination centers and distribution and processing facilities.

Interest Expense
   Interest expense increased 23.5% in 1993, 19.2% in 1992 and 18.5% in
1991 compared with the respective prior years as a result of net increases
in the average long-term debt amounts for each period.  However, the
increase in 1991 was partially offset by a reduction of debt from the
proceeds of the Company's public offering of Class B Common Stock in July
1991.

Income Taxes
   Income taxes as a percent of income before income taxes were 42.8% in
1993, 39.1% in 1992 and 38.5% in 1991.  The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1993 increased the Company's Federal Tax rate from 34% to 35%.  As a
result of the increased tax rate, net income for 1993 was reduced by $2.75
million or $.09 per common share.  This reduction consisted of $.80 million
or $.03 per common share for the rate increase on income earned in 1993 and
$1.95 million or $.06 per common share for the increase in recorded
deferred taxes.  The effective tax rate, including state income taxes, for
1994 is expected to approximate 40.5%.  The increase in 1992 was due
primarily to the Company's increased presence in markets that have higher
state tax rates.

Net Income
   As the Company opens new stores and enters new markets, pressure on net
income is created by normal start-up costs associated with new store
openings and by the Company aggressively pursuing its everyday low price
policy in order to establish market share within each store's trading area
and build sufficient volume to effect anticipated economies of scale.
Management believes that net income in 1994 will come under pressure as the
Company continues its expansion into selected markets in Southern
California. The Company operated 26 combination stores in Southern
California at the end of 1993 and plans to open additional stores in that
market.  Net income may also be affected by the relatively higher real
estate costs and operating and selling expenses (including preopening,
startup and advertising expenses) typically associated with stores in the
Southern California market.  However these higher costs may be offset to
some degree, depending upon competitive conditions, by the generally higher
gross margins expected in that market. In addition, net income may continue
to be affected by price competition in its Utah market as a result of the
Company's aggressive pricing program.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
   Cash and cash equivalents increased $46.4 million during 1993 and $1.1
million during 1992.  The increase during 1993 primarily resulted from the
receipt of $152.7 million from a sale/leaseback transaction completed at
the end of 1993.  The proceeds from the sale/leaseback transaction will be
used to finance 1994 store expansion, cash management efforts, and normal
cash activities. Working capital increased to $160.4 million at January 1,
1994 from $91.2 million at January 2, 1993, an increase of $69.2 million.
The Company's current ratio at the end of 1993 was 1.5:1 compared to 1.3:1
in 1992 and 1.1:1 in 1991.  The working capital is supplemented by unused
revolving credit lines which aggregated $60 million at January 1, 1994.
   Cash provided by operating activities amounted to $118.6 million and
$84.6 million for 1993 and 1992, respectively.  Cash normally provided by
operating activities in each of such years was partially offset by
increases in inventory balances.  The Company maintains levels of inventory
necessary to support its highvolume, everyday low price merchandising
strategy.  Inventories increased $36.5 million and $51.0 million to $377.9
million and $341.4 million at the end of 1993 and 1992, respectively.
These increases in inventories were caused mainly by warehouse and store
expansion and forward buying.
   Cash used in investing activities totaled $164.4 million for 1993 and
$286.6 million for 1992.  Additions to property and equipment totaled
$322.3 million in 1993 and $288.0 million in 1992 reflecting the Company's
ongoing expansion program.  In 1993 the Company completed the sale and
leaseback of several recently constructed stores and its new Riverside
distribution center totaling $152.7 million.  There were no sale/leaseback
transactions in 1992.  The Company anticipates investing approximately $150
million during 1994 for the development and construction of new food and
drug centers, remodeling of existing stores and replacing equipment.
However, the actual timing and amount of capital expenditures will depend
upon a number of factors.
   Cash provided by financing activities totaled $92.3 million for 1993 and
$203.1 million for 1992.  The Company obtained $262.0 million during 1993
and $252.7 million during 1992 in additional unsecured long-term borrowings
to finance additions to property and equipment. In connection with the
above referenced sale/leaseback transaction, the Company caused to be filed
on November 18, 1993 a shelf registration statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission relating to the public offering of up to $300 million
aggregate principal amount of Pass Through Certificates.  The shelf
registration was declared effective in January 1994.  Quarterly cash
dividends have been paid on the Company's Class A and Class B Common Stock
since 1989.
   At January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993, the Company had outstanding
$704.0 million and $592.3 million, respectively, of long-term debt,
principally borrowed from insurance companies and other institutional
lenders.  Of these amounts, $289.1 million and $325.1 million were secured
by real estate assets at the end of each respective year.  The Company has
not experienced difficulty in obtaining financing at satisfactory interest
rates. Management believes that the financial resources available to it,
including proceeds from sale/leaseback transactions, amounts available
under existing and future bank lines of credit, additional long-term
financings and internally generated funds, will be sufficient to meet
planned capital expansion and working capital requirements for the
foreseeable future, including debt and lease servicing requirements.  The
Company may, however, use additional sources of funds for such purposes,
including the issuance of debt or equity securities and leasing rather than
owning real estate and equipment.

INFLATION
   
   In recent years, the impact of inflation on the Company's operating
results has been moderate, reflecting  generally lower rates of inflation
in the economy.  Management does not believe that the Company will be
adversely affected by any significant future inflation because of the large
number of Company-owned stores which do not have contingent or volume-
related rental obligations.  While inflation has not had, and the Company
does not expect it to have, a material impact upon operating results, there
is no assurance that the Company's business will not be affected by
inflation in the future.

<PAGE>

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Dollar amounts in thousands,

except per share data                      1993         1992        1991



Net sales                            $2,807,165   $2,649,860  $2,217,437
Cost of goods sold                    2,175,061    2,042,800   1,723,848
                                     ----------   ----------  ----------
                                        632,104      607,060     493,589
Expenses:
 Operating, selling and
  administrative                        430,258      419,664     344,363
 Depreciation and
  amortization                           77,099       63,216      45,510
 Interest                                44,627       36,130      30,319
                                     ----------   ----------  ----------
                                        551,984      519,010     420,192
                                     ----------   ----------  ----------
Income before income taxes               80,120       88,050      73,397
Income taxes                             34,300       34,400      28,300
                                     ----------   ----------  ----------
Net income                           $   45,820   $   53,650  $   45,097
                                     ==========   ==========  ==========


Net income per share of
  Common Stock                            $1.52        $1.79       $1.65
See notes to consolidated financial statements





<PAGE>





                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


Dollar amounts in thousands                               1993           1992
ASSETS
 Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                         $   61,921     $   15,526
  Rebates and accounts receivable                       20,838         16,800
  Inventories                                          377,939        341,416
  Prepaid expenses and deposits                         19,634         20,616
                                                    ----------     ----------
  Total Current Assets                                 480,332        394,358
 Property and Equipment
  Land                                                 282,469        277,167
  Buildings                                            582,775        549,935
  Leasehold improvements                                38,866         30,668
  Fixtures and equipment                               538,882        436,969
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                     1,442,992      1,294,739
  Less allowances for depreciation and amortization    284,363        217,101
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                     1,158,629      1,077,638
 Other Assets                                           15,347         14,089
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $1,654,308     $1,486,085
                                                    ==========     ==========




LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Current Liabilities
  Trade accounts payable                            $  185,225     $  184,106
  Accrued sales and other taxes                         38,763         32,138
  Accrued payroll and related benefits                  73,467         65,460
  Current maturities of long-term debt                  21,473         20,373
  Current maturities of Redeemable Preferred Stock       1,046          1,046
                                                    ----------     ----------
  Total Current Liabilities                            319,974        303,123
 Long-Term Debt, less current maturities               704,014        592,311
 Deferred Income Taxes                                  82,700         68,800
 Redeemable Preferred Stock, less current maturities     5,423          6,462
 Common Stockholders' Equity
  Convertible Class A Common Stock (shares issued
    and outstanding, 12,617,445 in 1993 and
    13,403,132 in 1992)                                    126            134
  Class B Common Stock (shares issued, 17,344,566
    in 1993 and 16,558,879 in 1992)                        173            165
  Additional paid-in capital                           285,482        285,980
  Retained earnings                                    259,400        229,110
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                       545,181        515,389

  Less cost of Common Stock in the
    treasury (95,718 shares)                             2,984
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                       542,197        515,389
                                                    ----------     ----------
                                                    $1,654,308     $1,486,085
                                                    ==========     ==========




See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                        
                                        
                                             Class A                Class B
                                        Common Stock           Common Stock  Additional
Dollar amounts in thousands,        Number of    Par      Number of     Par     Paid-in  Retained  Treasury
except per share data                  Shares  Value         Shares   Value     Capital  Earnings     Stock     Total
<S>                               <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Balance at December 30, 1990       15,843,764   $158      9,428,247    $ 94    $114,418  $153,488            $268,158
 Net income for 1991                                                                       45,097              45,097
 Issuance of Class B
  Common Stock                                            4,690,000      47     170,810                       170,857
 Conversion of shares from
  Class A to Class B              (1,683,334)   (17)      1,683,334      17
Cash dividends -- $.36 per share                                                          (9,942)             (9,942)
 Other                                                                              216                           216
                                   ----------   ----     ----------    ----    --------  --------  --------  --------
Balance at December 28, 1991       14,160,430    141     15,801,581     158     285,444   188,643             474,386

 Net income for 1992                                                                       53,650              53,650
 Conversion of shares from
  Class A to Class B                (757,298)    (7)        757,298       7
Cash dividends -- $.44 per share                                                         (13,183)            (13,183)
 Other                                                                              536                           536
                                   ----------   ----     ----------    ----    --------  --------  --------  --------
Balance at January 2, 1993         13,403,132    134     16,558,879     165     285,980   229,110             515,389

 Net income for 1993                                                                       45,820              45,820
 Conversion of shares from
  Class A to Class B                (785,687)    (8)        785,687       8
 Purchase of Class B Common
  Stock for the treasury                                                                          $(11,074)  (11,074)
 Shares sold to the Employee
  Stock Profit Sharing Plan                                                       (212)               3,237     3,025
 Shares sold under the Employee
  Stock Purchase Plan                                                             (771)               4,853     4,082
Cash dividends -- $.52 per share                                                         (15,530)            (15,530)
 Other                                                                              485                           485
                                   ----------   ----     ----------    ----    --------  --------  --------  --------
Balance at January 1, 1994         12,617,445   $126     17,344,566    $173    $285,482  $259,400 $ (2,984)  $542,197
                                   ==========   ====     ==========    ====    ========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>



                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS




Dollar amounts in thousands                1993           1992           1991

Operating Activities
  Net income                           $ 45,820       $ 53,650       $ 45,097
  Adjustments to reconcile net
   income to cash provided by
   operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization
    (including amounts charged to
    cost of goods sold)                  82,173         67,781         50,495
   Deferred income taxes                 15,400         16,000          8,500
   Other                                    485            536            216
   Changes in operating assets
    and liabilities:
    Rebates and accounts receivable     (4,038)        (1,726)            227
    Inventories                        (36,523)       (50,989)       (80,796)
    Prepaid expenses and deposits         (518)       (10,161)          (244)
    Trade accounts payable                1,119          3,723         18,051
    Accrued sales and other taxes         6,625          1,296          2,535
    Accrued payroll and related benefits  8,007          4,478         17,823
                                       --------       --------       --------
Cash provided by operating activities   118,550         84,588         61,904

Investing Activities
  Additions to property and equipment (322,301)      (287,989)      (281,560)
  Sale/leaseback arrangements and
   other property and equipment sales   159,137          3,920          7,027
  Other                                 (1,258)        (2,500)        (2,885)
                                       --------       --------       --------
Cash used in investing activities     (164,422)      (286,569)      (277,418)

Financing Activities
  Additions to long-term debt           262,000        252,748         77,007
  Payments on long-term debt          (149,197)       (35,513)       (24,124)
  Redemptions of Redeemable
   Preferred Stock                      (1,039)          (939)        (1,047)
  Proceeds from sale of Class B
   Common Stock                                                       170,857
  Purchases of Treasury Stock          (11,074)
  Proceeds from sales of Treasury Stock   7,107
  Payment of dividends                 (15,530)       (13,183)        (9,942)
                                       --------       --------       --------
Cash provided by financing activities    92,267        203,113       212,751
                                       --------       --------       --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash
  and cash equivalents                   46,395          1,132        (2,763)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year                      15,526         14,394         17,157
                                       --------       --------       --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of year                          $ 61,921       $ 15,526       $ 14,394
                                       ========       ========       ========



See notes to consolidated financial statements

<PAGE>



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


NOTE A - Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Smith's Food
& Drug Centers, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (The Company), after
the elimination of significant intercompany transactions and accounts.  The
Company operates a regional supermarket and drug store chain in the
Intermountain, Southwestern, and Southern California regions of the United
States.

Definition of Accounting Period
The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31.
Fiscal year operating results include 52 weeks for each year except 1992
which includes 53 weeks.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term investments with
maturities less than three months.  The amount reported in the balance
sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximates its fair value.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  In 1992 the last-
in, first-out (LIFO) cost method was adopted for valuing inventories.  The
adoption of LIFO did not have a material effect on the financial
statements.  Approximately 95% of inventories in 1993 and 1992 were valued
using LIFO.  Other inventories were valued using the first-in, first-out
method.

Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation and amortization
are provided by the straight-line method based upon estimated useful lives.
Improvements to leased property are amortized over their estimated useful
lives or the remaining terms of the leases, whichever is shorter.

Pre-Operating and Closing Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the opening of new stores and
distribution facilities are expensed as incurred.  The remaining net
investment in stores closed, less salvage value, is charged against
earnings in the period of closing and, for leased stores, a provision is
made for the remaining lease liability, net of expected sublease rental.

Interest Costs
Interest costs are expensed as incurred, except for interest costs which
have been capitalized as part of the cost of properties under development.
The Company's cash payments for interest (net of capitalized interest of
approximately $14.5 million in 1993, $8.8 million in 1992, and $8.0 million
in 1991) amounted to $39.8 million in 1993, $33.6 million in 1992, and
$27.9 million in 1991.

Income Taxes
The Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities based on
differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of its assets and
liabilities using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences
are expected to reverse.  Deferred income taxes result primarily from
temporary differences arising from accrued insurance claims and using
different depreciation and amortization methods for book and tax purposes.

Net Income Per Share of Common Stock
Net income per share of Common Stock is computed by dividing the net income
by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding of
30,238,811 in 1993, 29,962,011 in 1992, and 27,397,973 in 1991.  In 1993,
the weighted average number of common shares includes common stock
equivalents in the form of stock options.  In 1992 and 1991, stock options
were excluded from the calculation.  Stock options did not have a material
dilutive effect on the net income per share calculation in any period
reported.

Litigation
The Company is a party to certain legal actions arising out of the ordinary
course of its business.  Management believes that none of these actions,
individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations or financial position.

Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1992 financial statements
to conform with the 1993 presentation.


NOTE B - Property and Equipment
The Company depreciates its buildings over 25 to 30 years and its fixtures
and equipment over a period of 2 to 9 years and amortizes its leasehold
improvements over their estimated useful lives or the life of the lease,
whichever is shorter.  Property and equipment consists of the following:

                                    Allowances for         Net    Current Year
                                   Depreciation and       BookDepreciation and
Dollar amounts in thousands    Cost   Amortization       Value    Amortization
1993
 Land                     $282,469                    $282,469
 Buildings                  582,775       $75,663      507,112         $17,902
 Leasehold improvements      38,866          8,333      30,533           1,884
 Fixtures and equipment     538,882        200,367     338,515          62,387
                         ----------       --------  ----------         -------
                        $1,442,992       $284,363  $1,158,629          $82,173
                         ==========       ========  ==========         =======
1992
 Land                     $ 277,167                  $ 277,167
 Buildings                  549,935        $60,199     489,736         $15,675
 Leasehold improvements      30,668          6,742      23,926           1,744
 Fixtures and equipment     436,969        150,160     286,809          50,362
                         ----------       --------  ----------         -------
                         $1,294,739       $217,101  $1,077,638         $67,781
                         ==========       ========  ==========         =======


NOTE C - Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:

Dollar amounts in thousands                               1993      1992
Mortgage notes, collateralized by property and
 equipment with a cost of $451.4 million in 1993
 and $479.2 million in 1992, due through 2011 with
 interest at an average rate of 9.77% in 1993 and
 9.92% in 1992                                       $ 301,740  $335,457
Unsecured notes, due in 2002 through 2015 with
 varying annual installments starting in 2000
 which accrue interest at an average rate of 7.68%
 in 1993 and 8.49% in 1992                             410,000   148,127
Revolving credit bank loans                                       70,000
Short-term bank loans refinanced in 1993 as
 unsecured notes                                                  45,000
Industrial revenue bonds, collateralized by
 property and equipment with a cost of $21.0
 million in 1993 and $18.8 million in 1992 due
 in 1994 through 2010 plus interest at an average
 rate of 6.68% in 1993 and 6.85% in 1992                 8,847     9,847
Other                                                    4,900     4,253
                                                      --------  --------
                                                       725,487   612,684
Less current maturities                                 21,473    20,373
                                                      --------  --------
                                                      $704,014  $592,311
                                                      ========  ========

Interest rates on the revolving credit bank loans are generally lower than
the prime rate.  The agreements are reviewed annually with the banks, at
which time the date each installment is due is generally extended one year.
At January 1, 1994, the Company had unused lines of credit related to
unsecured revolving credit bank loans of $60.0 million.

The Company's loan agreements contain provisions which require the Company
to maintain a specified level of consolidated net worth, fixed charge
coverage and ratio of debt to net worth.

Maturities of the Company's long-term debt for the five fiscal years
succeeding January 1, 1994 are approximately $21.5 million in 1994, $24.3
million in 1995, $25.9 million in 1996, $23.6 million in 1997 and $24.3
million in 1998.

The amounts classified as short-term bank loans and revolving credit bank
loans approximate their fair value.  The fair value of the Company's long-
term debt was estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on the
Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of debt
arrangements.


NOTE D - Redeemable Preferred Stock
The Company has 85,000,000 shares of $.01 per share par value Preferred
Stock authorized.  The Company has designated 34,524,579 of these shares as
Series I Preferred Stock, of which 19,406,694 shares and 22,523,691 shares
were issued and outstanding in 1993 and 1992, respectively.  The Preferred
Stock has no dividend requirement.

All shares of the Company's Series I Preferred Stock are subject to
redemption at any time at the option of the Board of Directors, in such
numbers as the Board may determine, and at a redemption price of $.33 1/3
per share.  The scheduled redemptions of the Company's Redeemable Preferred
Stock are approximately $1.0 million each year until all outstanding shares
are redeemed.  Upon liquidation of the Company, each share of Series I
Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference of $.33 1/3, on a
pro rata basis with any other series of Preferred Stock, before any
distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock.  Each Share of Series I Preferred Stock is entitled to ten votes per
share.  Redeemable Series I Preferred Stock is stated at redemption value
in the balance sheets.

The amount included in the balance sheet for Redeemable Preferred Stock
approximates its fair value.


NOTE E - Common Stockholders' Equity
The voting powers, preferences and relative rights of Class A Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock are identical in all respects, except that the
holders of Class A Common Stock have ten votes per share and the holders of
Class B Common Stock have one vote per share.  Each share of Class A Common
Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share
of Class B Common Stock.  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation also
provides that each share of Class A Common Stock will be converted
automatically into one share of Class B Common Stock if at any time the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding shall be
less than 2,910,885.  Future sales or transfers of the Company's Class A
Common Stock are restricted to the Company or immediate family members of
the original Class A Common Stockholders unless first presented to the
Company for conversion into an equal number of Class B Common Stock shares.
The Class B Common Stock has no conversion rights.  At January 1, 1994
there were 20,000,000 shares of $.01 per share par value Class A Common
Stock and 100,000,000 shares of $.01 per share par value Class B Common
Stock authorized.


NOTE F - Income Taxes
Income tax expense consists of the following:

Dollar amounts in thousands      1993         1992        1991
Current:
  Federal                     $15,715      $15,493     $17,050
  State                         3,185        2,907       2,750
                              -------      -------     -------
                               18,900       18,400      19,800
Deferred:
  Federal                      13,012       13,819       7,057
  State                         2,388        2,181       1,443
                              -------      -------     -------
                               15,400       16,000       8,500
                              -------      -------     -------
                              $34,300      $34,400     $28,300
                              =======      =======     =======

Income tax expense included a charge of $1.95 million in 1993 resulting
from applying the increased federal tax rate to deferred tax items.  Cash
disbursements for income taxes were $17.3 million in 1993, $17.6 million in
1992, and $23.4 million in 1991.

The difference between income tax expense and the tax computed by applying
the statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

                                                1993      1992      1991
Statutory federal income tax rate               35.0%     34.0%
34.0%
State income tax rate, net of federal
  income tax effect                              5.2       5.0       4.4
Job tax credits                                  (.3)      (.4)
(.5)
Effect of income tax rate increase on
  deferred taxes                                 2.4
Other                                             .5        .5        .6
                                               ----      ----      ----
                                                42.8%     39.1%
38.5%
                                               ====      ====      ====

Deferred income taxes arise because of differences in the treatment of
income and expense items for financial reporting and income tax purposes.
The effect of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax balances
are as follows:

Dollar amounts in thousands                          1993         1992
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Depreciation and amortization                    $85,078      $70,595
 Other                                              7,203        4,218
                                                  -------      -------
                                                   92,281       74,813
Deferred tax assets:
 Reserves                                        (11,243)     (10,045)
 Other                                            (3,495)      (2,568)
                                                  -------      -------
                                                 (14,738)     (12,613)
                                                  -------      -------
Net current deferred tax assets                   (5,157)      (6,600)
                                                  -------      -------
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities          $82,700      $68,800
                                                  =======      =======


NOTE G - Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and related fair values of the Company's financial
instruments are as follows:

                                        1993                     1992
Dollar amounts in thousands     Carrying      Fair       Carrying      Fair
                                  Amount     Value         Amount     Value
Cash and cash equivalents        $61,921   $61,921        $15,526   $15,526
Long-term debt                   725,487   784,627        612,684   649,192
Redeemable Preferred Stock         6,469     6,469          7,508     7,508


NOTE H - Leases and Commitments
The Company leases property and equipment under terms which include, in
some cases, renewal options, escalation clauses or contingent rentals which
are based on sales.  Total rental expense for such leases amounted to the
following:
          
Dollar amounts in thousands                1993         1992        1991
Minimum rentals                         $19,539      $18,956     $15,650
Contingent rentals                          281          161       1,041
                                        -------      -------     -------
                                         19,820       19,117      16,691
Less sublease rental income               5,506        4,906       4,705
                                        -------      -------     -------
                                        $14,314      $14,211     $11,986
                                        =======      =======     =======

At January 1, 1994, future minimum rental commitments and sublease rental
income for all noncancellable leases with initial or remaining terms of one
year or more consisted of the following:

                                                        Less
                                       Minimum      Sublease
                                         Rental       Rental
Dollar amounts in thousands         Commitments       Income       Total
1994                                   $ 20,535      $ 6,167    $ 14,368
1995                                     20,780        5,964      14,816
1996                                     35,876        5,456      30,420
1997                                     32,275        5,116      27,159
1998                                     33,630        4,921      28,709
Thereafter                              586,638       25,042     561,596
                                       --------      -------    --------
                                       $729,734      $52,666    $677,068
                                       ========      =======    ========

At January 1, 1994 the Company had contract commitments of approximately
$15.4 million for future construction.

During 1993, the Company entered into a sale and leaseback agreement for
several recently constructed stores and the new Riverside distribution
center, the net proceeds from which totaled $152.7 million.  The lease is
for a period of 25 years with annual rentals.


NOTE I - Employee Stock Plans
In 1993 the Company established a stock profit sharing plan under which
year end employees who are compensated for more than 1,000 hours during the
year are participants.  Eligible employees are allocated shares of stock
based on hours of service up to 2,080 hours.  Contributions are made at the
sole discretion of the Company based on its profitability.  The
contribution expense in 1993 was $3.0 million.

In 1993 the Company established a stock purchase plan which permits
employees to purchase shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock through
payroll deductions at 85% of fair market value at the time of purchase.
Employees purchased 180,950 shares from the Treasury during 1993.

The Company has a Stock Option Plan which authorizes the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors to grant options to key employees for
the purchase of Class B Common Stock.  In April 1992, the aggregate number
of shares available for grant under the plan was increased to equal 10% of
the number of shares of Class B Common Stock authorized.  However, the
number of outstanding and unexercised options shall not exceed 10% of the
number of shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock outstanding.  The
number of unoptioned shares of Class B Common Stock available for grant was
1,489,129 shares and 1,888,701 shares at the end of 1993 and 1992,
respectively.  The options may be either incentive stock options or non-
qualified stock options.  Stock options granted to key employees and
options outstanding are as follows:

                                              Option Price     Number of
                                                 per Share        Shares
Balance at December 30, 1990                        $19.00       813,000
 Granted                                             19.00       191,000
 Forfeited                                           19.00      (66,000)
                                                    -----      ---------
Balance at December 28, 1991                         19.00       938,000
 Granted                                             19.00       198,500
 Forfeited                                           19.00      (29,000)
                                                    -----      ---------
Balance at January 2, 1993                           19.00     1,107,500
 Granted                                             19.00       622,000
 Forfeited                                           19.00     (232,000)
                                                    -----      ---------
Balance at January 1, 1994                          $19.00     1,497,500
                                                    =====      =========


The options are exercisable as follows:

                                                               Number of
                                                                  Shares
 January 4, 1997                                                  25,000
 June 21, 1999                                                   516,000
 March 1, 2000                                                    30,000
 January 1, 2001                                                 162,000
 September 18, 2001                                               20,000
 December 1, 2001                                                 30,000
 January 2, 2002                                                  79,500
 January 4, 2003                                                  59,000
 June 1, 2003                                                      1,000
 December 20, 2003                                               515,000
                                                               ---------
                                                               1,437,500
Options currently exercisable                                     60,000
                                                               ---------
                                                               1,497,500
                                                               =========
          
Compensation expense for the difference between the market value of the
options on the grant date and the grant price is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the life of the options.  The amount charged to operations
in 1993, 1992, and 1991 was immaterial.


NOTE J - Pension Plans
Employees whose terms of employment are determined by negotiations with
recognized collective bargaining units are covered by their respective
multi-employer defined benefit pension plans to which the Company
contributes.  The costs charged to operations for these plans amounted to
approximately $3.3 million in 1993, $2.3 million in 1992, and $1.6 million
in 1991.  Other information for these multi-employer plans is not available
to the Company.

The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan for all other
permanent employees which provides for normal retirement at age 65.
Employees are eligible to join when they complete at least one year of
service and have reached age 21. The benefits are based on years of service
and stated amounts associated with those years of service.  The Company's
funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount deductible for
federal income tax purposes.  Net pension cost includes the following
components:

Dollar amounts in thousands                1993         1992        1991
Service cost - present value of
 benefits earned during the period       $1,869       $1,619      $1,364
Interest cost on projected benefit
 obligation                               1,350        1,079         776
Actual return on plan assets            (1,053)        (339)     (1,170)
Net amortization and deferral             (304)        (628)         310
                                         ------       ------      ------
                                         $1,862       $1,731      $1,280
                                         ======       ======      ======

The following table presents the plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in the Company's consolidated balance sheets:

Dollar amounts in thousands                             1993        1992
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefits
 based on service rendered to date:
 Vested                                              $14,623     $10,234
 Non-vested                                            3,750       3,371
                                                     -------     -------
                                                      18,373      13,605
Plan assets at fair value (primarily in equity
 and fixed income funds and real estate)              17,188      13,317
                                                     -------     -------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of fair
 value of plan assets                                (1,185)       (288)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience
 different from that assumed and effects of
 changes in assumptions                                5,616       3,431
Prior service cost not yet recognized in net
 periodic pension cost                                   188         391
Unrecognized net asset                               (1,304)     (1,467)
                                                     -------     -------
Net prepaid pension expense                           $3,315      $2,067
                                                      ======      ======

The weighted average discount rate used to determine the actuarial present
value of the projected benefit obligation was 7.75% in 1993 and 8.5% 1992.
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9.5% in 1993,
1992, and 1991.

The Company provides a 401(k) plan for virtually all employees.  The plan
is entirely funded by employee contributions which are based on employee
compensation not to exceed certain limits.


<PAGE>


REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board  of Directors and Stockholders
  of Smith's Food &  Drug Centers, Inc.

  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of  Smith's
Food & Drug Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January  1,  1994  and
January 2,  1993,  and  the  related consolidated  statements  of  income,
common  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal
years in the   period   ended  January  1,  1994.   These   financial
statements   are   the  responsibility  of   the   Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements
based on our audits.
  We   conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally accepted
auditing standards.  Those standards require  that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence  supporting  the amounts  and  disclosures  in
the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing  the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management,  as  well  as
evaluating the  overall  financial statement presentation.  We believe that
our audits  provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
  In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to  above present
fairly, in all material respects, the  consolidated financial position of
Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.  and subsidiaries at January 1, 1994 and
January 2, 1993, and the consolidated  results  of their operations  and
their  cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
January  1,  1994,  in  conformity with  generally  accepted accounting
principles.

                                                  ERNST & YOUNG


Salt Lake City, Utah
January 27, 1994


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           FIVE YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

Dollar amounts in thousands,   1993        1992         1991        1990         1989
except per share data      52 Weeks    53 Weeks     52 Weeks    52 Weeks     52 Weeks
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Income Statement Data
  Net sales             $2,807,165  $2,649,860   $2,217,437  $2,031,373   $1,731,559
  Gross profit             632,104     607,060      493,589     442,318      376,816
  Operating, selling
  and administrative
  expense                  430,258     419,664      344,363     323,792      277,986
  Depreciation and
  amortization expense      77,099      63,216       45,510      38,217       31,009
  Interest expense          44,627      36,130       30,319      25,595       26,290
  Income before
  income taxes              80,120      88,050       73,397      54,714       41,531
  Net income                45,820      53,650       45,097      34,314       26,131

Common Stock Data
  Average number of
  common shares
  outstanding           30,238,811  29,962,011   27,397,973  25,272,011   22,479,281
  Net income per
  common share          $     1.52  $     1.79   $     1.65  $     1.36   $     1.16
  Dividends per
  common share                 .52         .44          .36         .28          .10
  Book value per
  common share               18.15       17.20        15.83       10.61         9.53

Balance Sheet Data
  Net property and
  equipment             $1,158,629  $1,077,638   $  861,350  $  637,312   $  511,345
  Total assets           1,654,308   1,486,085    1,196,689     891,716      728,482
  Long-term debt,less
  current maturities       704,014     592,311      375,632     326,190      257,208
  Redeemable Preferred
  Stock,less current
  maturities                 5,423       6,462        7,401       8,448        9,542
  Common stockholders'
  equity                   542,197     515,389      474,386     268,158      240,920

Select Operating Data
  Number of stores             129         119          109          95           98
  Total store square
  footage                8,501,000   7,668,000    6,773,000   5,580,000    5,235,000
  Number of employees       18,759      19,310       18,303      15,208       15,289
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                         QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
                                (unaudited)

Dollar amounts in thousands,
except per share data      First    Second     Third    Fourth         Year
Fiscal 1993
  Net sales             $688,239  $705,520  $686,747  $726,659   $2,807,165
  Gross profit           160,350   162,538   151,226   157,990      632,104
  Net income              14,007    13,999     7,911     9,903       45,820
  Net income per
    common share             .46       .46       .26       .34         1.52
  NYSE price range
    High                  37 1/4    33 1/4    26 1/2    22 1/2
    Low                   31        23 5/8    20        19

Fiscal 1992
  Net sales             $669,511  $640,096  $653,385  $686,868   $2,649,860
  Gross profit           151,229   147,297   150,989   157,545      607,060
  Net income              13,148    13,544    13,844    13,114       53,650
  Net income per
    common share             .44       .45       .46       .44         1.79
  NYSE price range
    High                  43 1/4    38        34 3/4    37 3/4
    Low                   33 3/8    27 7/8    25 3/4    32 3/4

Fiscal 1991
  Net sales             $532,922  $547,007  $544,026  $593,482   $2,217,437
  Gross profit           116,855   120,285   121,925   134,524      493,589
  Net income              10,406    10,844    12,228    11,619       45,097
  Net income per
    common share             .41       .43       .42       .39         1.65
  NYSE price range
    High                  41 1/2    43 3/4    42 3/8    39
    Low                   28 3/4    36 1/2    35 1/2    30 1/4






                                                EXHIBIT 22.1



                   SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


                                                  State of
Incorporation
         Name and d/b/a                                or
Organization

Smith's Beverage of Wyoming, Inc.
Wyoming

Western Property Investment Group, Inc.
California



                                                               EXHIBIT 23.1
                                     
                                     
                                     
                                     
              CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                                     

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-
K) of Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. of our report dated January 27,
1994, included in the 1993 Annual Report to Stockholders of Smith's Food &
Drug Centers, Inc.

Our audits also included the financial statement schedules of Smith's Food
& Drug Centers, Inc. listed in Item 14(a).  These schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion based on our audits.  In our opinion, the financial
statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material
respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements (Forms S-8 No.33-48627 and No.33-56966 and Form S-3, No.33-
51097) pertaining to the Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. Amended and
Restated 1989 Stock Option Plan, the Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc. 1993
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the Smith's Food & Drug Centers, Inc.
Pass Through Certificates of our report dated January 27, 1994, with
respect to the consolidated financial statements incorporated herein by
reference, and our report included in the preceding paragraph with respect
to the financial statement schedules included in this Annual Report (Form
10-K) for the year ended January 1, 1994.

                                        ERNST & YOUNG

Salt Lake City, Utah
March 23, 1994



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission